Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (311)
  • Education  (311)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789401795173
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 309 p. 78 illus., 69 illus. in color, online resource)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2015
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Digital games and mathematics learning
    Keywords: Educational technology ; Mathematics Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Education Data processing ; Educational technology ; Mathematics Study and teaching
    Abstract: Digital games offer enormous potential for learning and engagement in mathematics ideas and processes. This volume offers multidisciplinary perspectives-of educators, cognitive scientists, psychologists and sociologists-on how digital games influence the social activities and mathematical ideas of learners/gamers. Contributing authors identify opportunities for broadening current understandings of how mathematical ideas are fostered (and embedded) within digital game environments. In particular, the volume advocates for new and different ways of thinking about mathematics in our digital age-proposing that these mathematical ideas and numeracy practices are distinct from new literacies or multiliteracies. The authors acknowledge that the promise of digital games has not always been realised/fulfilled. There is emerging, and considerable, evidence to suggest that traditional discipline boundaries restrict opportunities for mathematical learning. Throughout the book, what constitutes mathematics learnings and pedagogy is contested. Multidisciplinary viewpoints are used to describe and understand the potential of digital games for learning mathematics and identify current tensions within the field. Mathematics learning is defined as being about problem solving; engagement in mathematical ideas and processes; and social engagement. The artefact, which is the game, shapes the ways in which the gamers engage with the social activity of gaming. In parallel, the book (as a t extual artefact) will be supported by Springer’s online platform-allowing for video and digital communication (including links to relevant websites) to be used as supplementary material and establish a dynamic communication space
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Digital Games and Learning: What’s New Is Already Old? Tom Lowrie and Robyn Jorgensen(Zevenbergen) (Australia)2. Mathematics and Non-School Gameplay. Antri Avraamidou, John Monaghan and Aisha Walker (United Kingdom) -- 3. Integration of Digital Games in Learning and e-Learning Environments: Connecting Experiences and Context. Begoña Gros (Spain) -- 4. The Construction of Electronic Games as an Environment for Mathematics Education. Rodrigo Dalla Vecchia, Marcus V. Maltempi and Marcelo C. Borba (Brazil) -- 5. Digital Games, Mathematics and Visuospatial Reasoning. Tom Lowrie (Australia) -- 6. Digital Games and Equity: Implications for Issues of Social Class and Rurality. Robyn Jorgensen(Zevenbergen) (Australia) -- 7. Multimodal Literacy, Digital Games and Curriculum. Catherine Beavis (Australia) -- 8. Apples and Coconuts: Young Children ‘Kinect-ing’ with Mathematics and Sesame Street. Meagan Rothschild and Caroline C. Williams (United States) -- 9. SAPS and Digital Games: Improving Mathematics Transfer and Attitudes in Schools. Richard N. Van Eck (United States) -- 10. Mathematics and Educational Psychology: Construction of Learning Environments. Cesare Fregola (Italy) -- 11. Serious Games and Gaming. Terry Bossomaier (Australia) -- 12. Apps: Appropriate, Applicable and Appealing? Nigel Calder (New Zealand) -- 13. “An App! An App! My Kingdom for an App”: An 18 Month Quest t o Determine Whether Apps Support Mathematical Knowledge Building. Kevin Larkin (Australia) -- 14. Digital Games and Mathematics Learning: The State of Play. Tracy Logan and Kim Woodland (Australia).  .
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795050
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 390 p. 15 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Research in early childhood science education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Vorschulerziehung ; Grundschulunterricht
    Abstract: This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science, and provides key points on effectively teaching science to young children. Science education, an integral part of national and state standards for early childhood classrooms, encompasses not only content-based instruction but also process skills, creativity, experimentation, and problem-solving. By introducing science in developmentally appropriate ways, we can support young children’s sensory explorations of their world and provide them with foundational knowledge and skills for lifelong science learning, as well as an appreciation of nature. This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science, and provides key points on effectively teaching young children science. Common research methods used in the reviewed studies are identified, methodological concerns are discussed, and methodological and theoretical advances are suggested
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794336
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 302 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Schulleitung ; Schulentwicklung ; Schulreform ; Geschichte 1970-2010
    Abstract: This book is a longitudinal life history of the lives and work of primary school principals in Ireland. It provides a unique opportunity to peer inside the realities of leading schools in changing times. In a system that until recently did not prepare principals for the onerous roles and responsibilities, a small system with limited mobility, inter-personal relationships emerge as critical, frequently privileged over professional relationships. Consequently, principals struggle to bring about change, to build trust in order to cultivate a transformative leadership agenda, while several aspects of systemic structures and processes emerge as constraints on leadership capacity building. In the absence of comprehensive leadership portfolio development, classroom teachers, catapulted into the principal’s office, tend to be cautious and careful in ways that tend to perpetuate the status quo while putting a premium on the exercise of soft power and an over-reliance on the good will of colleagues. Several of the ‘leadership lessons’ that emerge from this in-depth analysis concur with an increasing international consensus that due to complexity and increasingly performative policy demands, learning about leadership for all is an absolute necessity. However, care must be taken to avoid overly scripted programmes. Critical to the cultivation of a professionally responsible leadership disposition, rather than capitulation to ‘technologies of control,’ is professional renewal cultivated through adequate attention to the Zone of Proximal Distance
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789401793704
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 213 p. 13 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Early childhood education ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides an account of children’s science learning beyond the traditional constructivist and social-constructivist view. It conceptualises science as a body of knowledge that humans have constructed (historically) and reconstructed (contemporary) to meet human needs. As such, this human invention acts as an evolving cultural tool for supporting and helping to understand everyday life. Drawing upon cultural-historical theory, the book theorises early childhood science education in relation to current globalised education contexts. Its aim is to advance the understanding of the many ways that science concepts are learned by very young children. The book presents a theoretical discussion of the cultural-historical foundation for early childhood science education. It examines contemporary theories of learning and development within the general field of early childhood education. This theoretical examination allows for the foundational pedagogical context of young learners to be interrogated. This kind of analysis makes it possible to examine play-based contexts in relation to opportunities for scientific conceptual development of young children. From a cultural-historical point of view, and taking into account relevant empirical literature, the book introduces and promotes a more relevant approach to the teaching of science and for the development of young children’s scientific thinking. The book ends with presenting a pedagogical model for introducing scientific concepts to young children in play-based settings
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789401791847
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 292 p. 33 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Young children and families in the information age
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Neue Medien ; Kleinkind ; Familienleben ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Neue Medien ; Kleinkind ; Familienleben
    Abstract: This edited book presents the most recent theory, research and practice on information and technology literacy as it relates to the education of young children. Because computers have made it so easy to disseminate information, the amount of available information has grown at an exponential rate, making it impossible for educators to prepare students for the future without teaching them how to be effective information managers and technology users. Although much has been written about information literacy and technology literacy in secondary education, there is very little published research about these literacies in early childhood education. Recently, the National Association for the Education of Young Children and the Fred Rogers Center for Early Learning and Children’s Media at Saint Vincent College published a position statement on using technology and interactive media as tools in early childhood programs. This statement recommends more research “to better understand how young children use and learn with technology and interactive media and also to better understand any short- and long-term effects.” Many assume that today’s young children are “digital natives” with a great understanding of technology. However, children may know how to operate digital technology but be unaware of its dangers or its value to extend their abilities. This book argues that information and technology literacy include more than just familiarity with the digital environment. They include using technology safely and ethically to demonstrate creativity and innovation; to communicate and collaborate; to conduct research and use information; and to think critically, solve problems and make decisions
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401797290
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 197 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy Research 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Nation-building and history education in a global culture
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; History ; Education ; Schulbildung ; Geschichtsunterricht ; Erziehungsziel ; Relation ; Globalisierung ; Geschichtsbild ; Nationenbildung ; Nationalbewusstsein ; Identitätsentwicklung ; Kulturelle Identität ; Theorie ; Praxis ; Erde
    Abstract: This book examines the nexus between nation-building and history education globally and the implication for cultural diversity and social justice. It studies some of the major education reforms and policy issues in history education in a global culture, and regards them in the light of recent shifts in history education and policy research. In doing so, the volume provides a comprehensive picture of the intersecting and diverse discourses of globalisation, history education and policy-driven reforms. It makes clear that the impact of globalisation on education policy and reforms is a strategically significant issue for us all. The book focuses on the importance of nation-building and patriotism in history education, and presents up-to-date research on global trends in history education reforms and policy research. It provides an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concerns in the field of globalisation, history education and policy research
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401772303
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 258 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: This book advances understandings about and practices for effectively integrating practice-based (e.g. workplace) experiences in higher education programs. This issue is becoming of increasing salient because higher education programs globally are increasingly focussing on preparing students for specific occupations. Such imperatives are reflected in the cooperative education movement in North America, the foundation degree programs of the United Kingdom, the work integrated learning approach within Australian higher education and initiatives in a range of other countries. There are clear and growing expectations that graduates from such should be able to move smoothly into being effective in their occupational practice. These expectations rise from the imperatives and interest of government, employers, community and students themselves. The book achieves a number of important goals. Firstly, it identifies and delineates the educational worth of students and engagement in practice-based experiences and their integration within their programs of study. Secondly, it advances conceptions of the integration of such experiences that is essential to inform how these programs might be enacted. Thirdly, drawing on the findings of two teaching fellowships, it proposed bases and propositions for how experiences in higher education programs might be organised and augmented to support effective learning. Fourthly pedagogic practices seen to be effective in maximising the learning from those practice experiences and integrating them within the curriculum are identified and discussed. Fifthly, a particular focus is given to students’ personal epistemologies and how these might be developed and directed towards supporting effective learning within practice settings and the integration of that learning in their university programs
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789401793957
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 310 p. 70 illus., 50 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Assessment in an Information Age
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Assessment and teaching of 21st century skills
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Berufsbildung ; Arbeitswelt ; Zukunft
    Abstract: This second volume of papers from the ATC21STM project deals with the development of an assessment and teaching system of 21st century skills. Readers are guided through a detailed description of the methods used in this process. The first volume was published by Springer in 2012 ( Griffin, P., McGaw, B. & Care, E., Eds., Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills, Dordrecht: Springer). The major elements of this new volume are the identification and description of two 21st century skills that are amenable to teaching and learning: collaborative problem solving, and learning in digital networks. Features of the skills that need to be mirrored in their assessment are identified so that they can be reflected in assessment tasks. The tasks are formulated so that reporting of student performance can guide implementation in the classroom for use in teaching and learning. How simple tasks can act as platforms for development of 21st century skills is demonstrated, with the concurrent technical infrastructure required for its support. How countries with different languages and cultures participated and contributed to the development process is described. The psychometric qualities of the online tasks developed are reported, in the context of the robustness of the automated scoring processes. Finally, technical and educational issues to be resolved in global projects of this nature are outlined
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789401791816
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 592 p. 112 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Approaches to Qualitative Research in Mathematics Education
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Mathematikunterricht
    Abstract: This volume documents a range of qualitative research approaches emerged within mathematics education over the last three decades, whilst at the same time revealing their underlying methodologies. Continuing the discussion as begun in the two 2003 ZDM issues dedicated to qualitative empirical methods, this book presents astate of the art overview on qualitative research in mathematics education and beyond. The structure of the book allows the reader to use it as an actual guide for the selection of an appropriate methodology, on a basis of both theoretical depth and practical implications. The methods and examples illustrate how different methodologies come to life when applied to a specific question in a specific context. Many of the methodologies described are also applicable outside mathematics education, but the examples provided are chosen so as to situate the approach in a mathematical context
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Abstract: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789400778559 , 9789402406085
    Language: English
    Pages: xii, 327 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Educational linguistics volume 20
    Series Statement: Educational linguistics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Blackledge, Adrian, 1959 - Heteroglossia as Practice and Pedagogy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Mehrsprachigkeit ; Soziolinguistik ; Erziehung
    Note: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400769915
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 212 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book offers a challenge to traditional approaches to classroom teaching and pedagogy. The SPRinG (Social Pedagogic Research into Groupwork) project, part of a larger research programme on teaching and learning funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), was developed to enhance the learning potential of pupils working in classroom groups by actively involving teachers in a programme designed to raise levels of group work during typical classroom learning activities. Internationally, the SPRinG project is the largest evaluation of effective group working methods in comparison to traditional teaching, with findings that show raised levels of pupil achievement and a doubling of sustained, active engagement in learning. The opening chapters present arguments regarding the relationship of social interaction and children’s cognitive development and examine theories that explain why social interactional processes should be integrated into primary school pedagogic practices. Next, the book describes the conceptual and methodological basis for the SPRinG studies, especially its focus on the relational approach, the type of involvement of teachers and classroom planning. Further chapters present key results and describe the background and methods used to establish SPRinG-based effects on pupil progress in mathematics, literacy and science, including both macro and micro assessments; how the SPRinG approach affected pupil-pupil interactions and teacher-pupil interactions, as measured by systematic on-the-spot observations and analyses of videotapes of groups working on specially designed tasks work; and effects on pupil self-completed measures of motivation and attitudes to group work. The book also analyses reflections of teachers who have worked with SPRinG: moving from theory to practice as well as adding insights associated with implementing SPRinG principles in schools. Drawing upon developmental psychological, social psychological and classroom research, it develops a new and ambitious social pedagogic approach to classroom learning, with a stress on group work, which will be of interest to researchers, teachers and policy-makers. This book includes contributions from Andrew Tolmie and Ed Baines, who were also involved in the ScotSPRinG and SPRinG projects
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; The Content of the Book: The SPRinG Approach; Who the Book Is Intended to Reach; Acknowledgements; Definitions; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1 Can the Grouping of Children in Classrooms Affect Their Learning; An Introduction to Social Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Does the Classroom Context Affect Learning?; 1.3 Grouping and Learning: A Preliminary View; 1.3.1 Cognitive Processes and Group Work in Schools; 1.3.2 Peer Relations; 1.4 Social Processes Underlying Group Work in Schools; 1.5 Relationships among Children as Learners within Group Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.6 The BookReferences; Chapter 2 Groups and Classrooms; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background Issues in Promoting Development and Understanding via Effective Group Work in Classrooms: Understanding Pedagogy and Opening the `Black Box'; 2.3Experimental and Naturalistic Studies of Group Workin Primary School Classrooms; 2.3.1 Experimental Research; 2.3.2 Naturalistic Studies; 2.3.2.1 First Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; Size and Number of Groupings in Classrooms; Types of Working Arrangements; Adult Support of Groupings; Group Composition; Curriculum Area and Task Type
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary of Phase 1 Studies and Some Concerns2.3.2.2 Second Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; The Attainment Context Within the Classroom; Group Size and Number, and Classroom Seating and Working Arrangements; Working Interactions Within Groupings; Number of Adults in Classes and Adult Role in Relation to Groupings; Grouping Composition; Learning Task Type; Learning Task Type in Relation to Grouping Size; Interaction Type and Curriculum Area; 2.3.2.3 Some General Conclusions from Phase 2 Naturalistic Classroom Studies: Findings from Classroom Mapping; 2.4 Chapter Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 The SPRinG Project: The Intervention Programme and the Evaluation Methods3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The SPRinG Project; 3.2.1 The SPRinG Approach: Building on a Social Pedagogyof Classroom Learning; 3.2.1.1 Preparation of the Classroom Context for Group Work; Class Seating Arrangements; Group Size; The Number of Groups in the Class; Group Stability; Group Composition; 3.2.1.2 Preparation of Lessons and Activities Involving Group Work: Curriculum and Group Work Activities; 3.2.1.3 A Relational Approach to Facilitate Group Working
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1.4 Involvement of Teachers in the Support of Group Work3.3 Evaluation of the SPRinG Programme: The Intervention and Research Design; 3.3.1 The SPRinG Programme and How it was Implemented; 3.3.1.1 Principles and Practices; 3.3.1.2 Training in Social, Communication and AdvancedGroup Working Skills; 3.4 Evaluating the SPRinG Project; 3.4.1 Research Design; 3.4.2 Samples; 3.4.3 Methods of Data Collection: Measures of Pupil Attainment, Classroom Behavior, Motivation/Attitudes to Learning and Classroom Implementation; 3.4.3.1 Pupil Attainment; Key Stage 1; Key Stage 2
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.3.2 Classroom Behaviour Measures
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789400765559
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLIX, 1256 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice creates a first-of-its-kind international forum on conceptualizing the meanings of social justice and leadership, research approaches in studying social justice and combating social injustices, school, university and teacher leadership for social justice, advocacy and advocates for social justice, socio-cultural representations of social injustices, glocal policies, and leadership development as interventions. The Handbook is as much forward-looking as it is a retrospective review of educational research literatures on social justice from a variety of educational subfields including educational leadership, higher education academic networks, special education, health education, teacher education, professional development, policy analyses, and multicultural education. The Handbook celebrates the promises of social justice while providing the educational leadership research community with concrete, contextualized illustrations on how to address inequities and combat social, political and economic injustices through the processes of education in societies and educational institutions around the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789048139316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 353 p. 46 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides research-grounded and practically-minded insights into teacher professional development in support of integrating GIS and other geospatial technologies into K-12 science teaching. In this volume 50 designers, educators and researchers share their experiences, knowledge, and lessons learned from a wide variety of projects. Readers will find a myriad of ideas and perspectives that they can apply to their own teacher professional development projects, as they work to provide students with engaging opportunities for learning science. Geospatial technologies enable teachers to teach in fundamentally new ways, building student interest and skill through active engagement in critical thinking and project or inquiry-based learning. Students are naturally drawn to looking at landscapes and interpreting features through analysis of both shape and form. Given the chance to manipulate spatial data, students revel in deciphering mysteries, exploring scientific explanations, and linking causes with consequences. The passion and interest demonstrated by students using geospatial tools has motivated an increasing number of K-12 teachers to embrace the use of these technologies for teaching and learning science. Given the nature and complexity of these tools, high quality professional development is essential for providing teachers with the support and guidance they need to use geospatial technologies effectively. This book will be of special interest to scientists, geographers, and science educators who are designing or delivering teacher professional development in support of teaching with technology. The case studies make it possible for readers to identify specific paths forward regarding both research and practice. GIS and other geospatial technologies offer teachers an effective way to engage students in the analysis of authentic data in ways called for by the Next Generation Science Standards and the National Geography Standards. With the improvements in the usability of the tools, the time is right to bring GIS and other geospatial technologies into all K-12 classrooms. The chapters in this book will enable teachers and teacher educators to make that happen. Daniel C. Edelson, Ph.D., Vice President for Education, National Geographic Society While increasing numbers of people use basic geospatial technologies, their power to enliven science has not yet been explored by most educators. This robust and thoughtful compilation focuses on how to supp ...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9789400746299 , 1283935899 , 9781283935890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 160 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The role of international large-scale assessments: perspectives from technology, economy, and educational research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Konferenzschrift ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume offers contributions by thought leaders from a variety of disciplines and different perspectives, which are brought together in a final chapter. The contributions give insight in the role of large-scale international assessments as change agents. As national leaders recognize the growing importance of human capital and how it is distributed, policymakers, economists and decision makers in education have become increasingly interested in results from comparative international surveys. These assessments offer important information on the development of cognitive skills and the consequences of differences in the distribution of these skills. Researchers use the data to assess the role of human capital in predicting outcomes and to identify factors that may contribute to the development of more human capital. An invaluable resource for researchers in international comparative education, policy studies, economics, civics education, educational technology, and policy makers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Table of Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; On the Growing Importance of International Large-Scale Assessments; Large-Scale Assessments of Student Populations; Large-Scale Assessments of Adults; The Expanded Range of Large-Scale Assessments; Evidence-Based Policy Information; Perspectives on International Large-Scale Assessments; References; Chapter-2; International Large-Scale Assessments as Change Agents; Transparency as a Change Agent: A Think Model; The Policy Impact of PISA; Transmission; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3
    Description / Table of Contents: Technologies in Large-Scale Assessments: New Directions, Challenges, and OpportunitiesIntroduction; The Role of Technology in Assessment; Universal Design of Assessment; The Role of Technology in National Large-Scale Assessments; Israel; Instruction, Learning and Assessment via Computers; United States of America; The National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP); US State Assessments; Recent Developments in the United States; US Department of Education (DOE); The Role of Technology in International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs)
    Description / Table of Contents: Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)Program for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC); The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS)-2013; Conclusion; Appendix; Advantages; Technological challenges; Significant methodological challenges include; References; The Role of International Assessments of Cognitive Skills in the Analysis of Growth and Development; Chapter-4; Introduction; International Testing; The Explosion of Studies
    Description / Table of Contents: Studies of the Determinants of AchievementThe Studies of Outcomes; Some Things to Be Addressed; Some Measurement Issues; Understanding Individual Economic Outcomes; Issues of Causation; Conclusions; References; The Utility and Need for Incorporating Noncognitive Skills Into Large-Scale Educational Assessments; Chapter-5; Introduction; The Test Score Image and Reality; Multiple Sources of Support for Noncognitive Measures; Employer Needs; Cognitive or Noncognitive Effects; Schools and Noncognitive Outcomes; Schooling and Labor Market Effects; Noncognitive Variables; The Five-Factor Model
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary and Implications for Educational AssessmentsNext Steps; References; The Contributions of International Large-Scale Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Chapter-6; History of ILSAs and of IEA in Relation to Civic Education; International Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Why and How the Civic Domain Is Important to ILSAs; IEA's Role in Civic Education; Studies of Civic Education as Opportunities to Study Multiple Aspects of Student Outcomes; Cognitive Diagnostic Models of Conceptual Knowledge and Skills; Examining Countries' Positions on Multiple Dimensions of Attitudes
    Description / Table of Contents: Person-Centered Approaches to Understanding Patterns of Civic Attitudes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748750
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 349 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This volume provides insightful analysis of the way higher education engages with socially excluded communities. Leading researchers and commentators examine the validity of the claim that universities can be active facilitators of social mobility, opening access to the knowledge economy for formerly excluded groups. The authors assess the extent to which the ‘Academy’ can deliver on its promise to build bridges with communities whose young people often assume that higher education lies beyond their ambitions. The chapters map the core dynamics of the relationship between higher education and communities which have bucked the more general trend of rapidly rising student numbers. Contributors also take the opportunity to reflect on the potential impact of these dynamics on the evolution of the university’s role as a social institution. The volume was inspired by a symposium attended by a wide spectrum of participants, including government, senior university managers, academic researchers and community groups based in areas suffering from social exclusion. It makes a substantive contribution to an under-researched field, with authors seeking to both shape solutions as well as better diagnose the problem. Some chapters include valuable contextual analysis, using empirical data from North America, Europe and Australia to add substance to the debates on policy and theory. The volume seeks to offer a defining intellectual statement on the interaction between the concept of a ‘university’ and those communities historically missing from higher education participation, the volume deepens our understanding of what might characterise an ‘engaged’ university and strengthens the theoretical foundations of the topic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- Contributors -- 〈b〉Part 1〈/b〉: University Engagement with Socially Excluded Communities -- 〈b〉Part 2:〈/b〉 Internal University Transformations for Effective Regional Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 3:〈/b〉 Transformations in the Epistemic ‘Idea’ of a University -- 〈b〉Part 4:〈/b〉 Transformation in the Social Environment for University-Community Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 5:〈/b〉 Conclusions -- 〈i〉 〈/i〉Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745070 , 1283697998 , 9781283697996
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 433 p. 100 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogischer Test
    Abstract: The Asia-Pacific region needs to maximize the benefits of education to enable it to compete in an economic future dominated by innovation, in which assessing student progress must be an empowering rather than delimiting factor. This detailed exposition of the theoretical basis and application tools of self-directed learning-oriented assessment (SLOA) reflects the very latest research championed by the Assessment Research Centre at The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Featuring a range of relevant case studies, it explores the varied theoretical issues related to SLOA and offers an integrated view of the system fully in line with the constructivist paradigm of learning which advocates formative rather than summative assessment. Many of the initiatives outlined here are firsts in the region.SLOA is already being applied in many schools with links to the ARC. It is an approach to assessment that acknowledges the centrality of self-directed learning and which positions assessment as a tool to enable and enhance self-directed learning. It draws on several theories of learning and assessment, including the constructivist notion that learning is best achieved when students take ownership of their educational process, setting their own goals and monitoring their own progress towards those goals. SLOA has been the research and service approach of the ARC since 2005. In the intervening years the centre has developed a number of tools to facilitate SLOA learning and assessment, including vertical ability scales, teacher-friendly computer software and packages for self-directed learning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessments in the Asia-Pacific; Introduction by the Series Editors; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Contributors; Part I: Theory of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; Chapter 1: Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.1 Background: The Broader Context for Change; 1.1.1 Assessment Reforms in the Region; 1.1.2 Commonalities of Assessment Reforms in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.1.3 Assessment as Learning Reform: Self-Directed Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.4 Assessment for Learning Reform1.1.5 Resolving Tensions in Assessment Reforms; 1.2 Conceptions of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.1 Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.2 Self-Directed Learning; 1.2.3 Metacognition; 1.2.4 Feedback; 1.2.5 SLOA: Integrating Assessment Of , For and As Learning; 1.2.6 Theoretical Underpinnings of SLOA; 1.3 Implementation Strategies of SLOA in Schools; 1.4 Tools for the Implementation of SLOA; 1.5 Examples of Implementation in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Assessment2.1.1 The Meaning of Assessment; 2.1.2 Reporting of Assessments; 2.2 Standards-Referencing; 2.2.1 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Norm-Referencing; 2.2.2 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Criterion-Referencing; 2.2.3 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Standards-Referencing; 2.2.4 Characteristics of Standards-Referenced Systems; 2.2.5 De fi ning Standards; 2.3 Standard Setting; 2.3.1 Setting Standards; 2.3.2 Using Performance Standard to Summarise Student Performance; 2.3.3 Reporting Student Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 Some Suggestions for Teachers and Examiners in Setting Examinations and Tests in a Standards-Referenced System2.3.5 Standards-Referencing for School Executives; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.2.1 Knowledge Base and the Nature of Expertise; 3.2.2 Rapid Schema-Based Assessment; 3.2.3 General Design Framework; 3.3 Rapid Diagnostic Assessment Methods; 3.3.1 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Coordinate Geometry; 3.3.1.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.1.2 Task Model; 3.3.1.3 Evidence Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Solving Arithmetic Word Problems3.3.2.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.2.2 Task Pattern; 3.3.2.3 Evidence Model; 3.4 Toward Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.5 Conclusion; 3.5.1 Future Developments; 3.5.1.1 Establishing Generality of the Tool; 3.5.1.2 Using Rapid Assessment in Adaptive Learning Environments; References; Chapter 4: Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Assessment Of , For , and As Learning; 4.1.2 Measurement Models for Diagnostic Assessment Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Evidence-Centered Design
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction by the Series Editors.-  Acknowledgements -- List of Contributors -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- About the Contributors -- SECTION 1: Theory of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 1. Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 2. Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting -- 3.  Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning -- 4. Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory -- 5. Application of the DINA Model Framework to Enhance Assessment and Learning -- 6. Theory of Self-Directed Learning-Oriented Assessment: A Non-Technical Introduction to the Theoretical Foundations and Methodologies of Cognitive Diagnostic Assessment -- 7. Getting to the Core of Learning: Using Assessment for Self-monitoring and Self-regulation -- 8. Metacognitive Self-Confidence in School-Aged Children -- SECTION 2: Tools for Implementing Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 9. Using Item Response Theory as a Tool in Educational Measurement -- 10. A Concurrent-Separate Approach to Vertical Scaling -- 11. Student-Problem Chart: An Essential Tool for SLOA -- 12. Using User-defined Fit Statistic to Analyze Two Tier Items in Mathematics -- 13. Dynamic Assessment of Learning Potential -- 14. Exploiting Computerized Adaptive Testing for Self-Directed Learning -- SECTION 3: Case Studies of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment in the Region -- 15. Learning Assessment Reform in Thailand -- 16. Concerns of Student Teachers: Identifying Emerging Themes through Self-assessment -- 17. Informing Learning and Teaching Using Feedback from Assessment Data: Hong Kong Teachers’ Attitudes towards Rasch Measurement -- 18. Accelerated Approach to Primary School English Education in China: Three Case Studies -- 19. Physical Education in Higher Education in Hong Kong: The Effects of the Intervention on Pre-service Sports Coaches’ Attitudes towards Assessment for Learning used in Sports -- 20. The Case of St Margaret’s Girls’ College: How SLOA Promotes Self Assessment and Peer Assessment to Enhance Secondary School Student English Learning -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789400748606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 351 p. 135 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This edited volume of papers from the twenty first International Conference on Chemical Education attests to our rapidly changing understanding of the chemistry itself as well as to the potentially enormous material changes in how it might be taught in the future. Covering the full range of appropriate topics, the book features work exploring themes as various as e-learning and innovations in instruction, and micro-scale lab chemistry. In sum, the 29 articles published in these pages focus the reader’s attention on ways to raise the quality of chemistry teaching and learning, promoting the public understanding of chemistry, deploying innovative technology in pedagogy practice and research, and the value of chemistry as a tool for highlighting sustainability issues in the global community.Thus the ambitious dual aim achieved in these pages is on the one hand to foster improvements in the leaching and communication of chemistry-whether to students or the public, and secondly to promote advances in our broader understanding of the subject that will have positive knock-on effects on the world’s citizens and environment. In doing so, the book addresses (as did the conference) the neglect suffered in the chemistry classroom by issues connected to globalization, even as it outlines ways to bring the subject alive in the classroom through the use of innovative technologies.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Globalization and chemical education -- pt. 2. Learning and conceptual change in chemistry -- pt. 3. Teaching chemistry -- pt. 4. Curriculum and assessment in chemistry education -- pt. 5. E-learning and innovative instruction -- pt. 6. Microscale lab chemistry.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface:  Proceedings of 21st ICCE, Peter Mahaffy -- Introduction to the book, Mei-Hung Chiu, Hsiao-Lin Tuan, Hsin-Kai Wu, Jing-Wen Lin, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Section 1. Globalization and Chemical Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Dissemination of achievements in chemical education (research) via EU projects, Anna Kolasa, Iwona Maciejowska -- 2.    Polish Education Reform and Resulting Changes in the Process of Chemical Education, Hanna Gulińska -- Section 2. Learning and Conceptual Change in Chemistry, Jing-Wen Lin -- Assessment of Chemistry Anxiety among College Students, Chen Chong Sheau Huey -- Teacher-Student Interactions: The Roles of in-Class Written Questions, Liliana Mammino -- Probing and Fostering Students’ Reasoning Abilities with a Cyclic Predict-Observe-Explain Strategy, Jia-Lin Chang, Chiing-Chang Chen, Chia-Hsing Tsai, Yong-Chang Chen, Meng-Hsun Chou, Ling-Chuan Chang -- A Trial of Placement and Embodiment of Images for Chemical Concepts in the Lesson Model of “Surface Active Agent” through SEIC, Haruo Ogawa, Hiroki Fujii -- Section 3. Teaching Chemistry, Hsiao-Lin Tuan -- Chemistry pre-service teachers’ mental models of science teaching and learning in Malaysia, Maryam Sulaiman, Zurida Haji Ismail -- Chemistry Teachers Enhance their Knowledge in Contemporary Scientific Areas, Rachel Mamlok-Naaman, Ron Blonder, Avi Hofstein -- Practical Science Activities in Primary Schools in Malaysia, Norita Mohamed, Mashita Abdullah, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Teaching Chemistry Effectively with Engineering Majors: Teaching Beyond the Textbook, Yermesha Kyle; Stephen Bacon; Amber Park; Jameka Griffin; Raicherylon Cummins; Raymond Hooks, Bailu Qian, Hua-Jun Fan -- Problem-Based Learning as an Approach to Teach Cell Potential in Matriculation College, Malaysia, Kai-Li Teh, Nooraida Yakob -- Teaching Catalysis by Means of Enzymes and Microorganisms, Peter Grunwald -- The Application of the SATL in Biochemistry, Suzana B. Golemi -- Section 4. Curriculum, Evaluation, and Assessment in Chemistry Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- An Alignment Analysis of Junior High School Chemistry Curriculum Standards and City-Wide Exit Exams in China, Hongjia Ma, Gavin W. Fulmer, Ling L. Liang, Xian Chen, Xinlu Li, Yuan Li -- A National Survey of Students’ Conceptions and Their Sources of Chemistry in Taiwan: Examples of Chemical Equilibrium and Acids/Bases, Jing-Wen Lin, Mei-Hung Chiu -- The use of electronic media for chemical education research, Francis Burns, David Frank -- Investigation of Tertiary Chemistry Learning Environment in Sabah, Malaysia, Yoon-Fah Laya, Chwee-Hoon Khoob -- The Evaluation of Chemistry Competence for Freshmen at Technology Colleges in Taiwan, Ji-Chyuan Yang, Ching-Yun Hsu, Wen-Jyh Wang, Chia-Hui Tai, Hong-Hsin Huang, Ping-Chih Huang -- Changes in Teachers’ Views of Cognitive Apprenticeship for Situated Learning in Developing a Chemistry Laboratory Course, Hui-Jung Chen, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Section 5. E-learning and Innovative Instruction, Hsin-Kai Wu -- Application of Mind Map and MindManager to Improve Students’ Competence in Solving Chemistry Problems, Zhen Lu, Zheng Zou, Yitian Zhang -- An Integrated-ICT Assessment for College Students’ Performances of Chemical Learning, King-Dow Su -- Academic Performance and Attitude Toward Computer-Aided Instruction in Chemistry, Ronaldo C. Reyes -- Integrating Instant Response System (IRS) as an In-Class Assessment Tool into Undergraduate Chemistry Learning Experience: Student Perceptions and Performance, Tzy-Ling Chen, Yan-Fu Lin,Yi-Lin Liu,Hsiu-Ping Yueh, Horn-Jiunn Sheen, Wei-Jane Lin -- Section 6. Microscale Lab Chemistry, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Aqueous cationic and anionic surfactants for microscale experiments in organic chemistry teaching laboratories, Masayuki Inoue, Yuko Kato, Emi Joguchi, Wataru Banba -- Development of Analytical Method of Gaseous Mixture by Using a Syringe, Takashi Yasuoka -- Microscale Experiments Using a Low-Cost Conductance Meter, Jose H. Bergantin, Jr., Djohn Reb T. Cleofe, Fortunato Sevilla III -- Introducing Microscale Experimentation in Volumetric Analysis for Pre-Service Teachers, Mashita Abdullah, Norita Mohamed, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Innovative Techniques in Micro-scale Chemistry Experiments, Kwok Man Chan -- Microscale Experiment on Decreases in Volume when Forming Binary Liquid Mixtures: Four Alkanol Aqueous Solutions, Tetsuo Nakagawa..
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Vater ; Randgruppe ; Kind ; Psychosoziale Entwicklung ; Vaterschaft ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This vital addition to Springer’s ‘Educating the Young Child’ series addresses gaps in the literature on father involvement in the lives of young children, a topic with a fast-rising profile in today’s world of female breadwinners and single-parent households. While the significant body of theoretical understanding and empirical data accumulated in recent decades has done much to characterize the fluidity of evolving notions of fatherhood, the impact of this understanding on policy and legal frameworks has been uneven at an international level. In a field where groups of fathers were until recently marginalized in research, this book adopts a refreshingly inclusive attitude, aiming to motivate researchers to capture the nuanced practices of fathers in minority groups such as those who are homeless, gay, imprisoned, raising a disabled child, or from ethnically distinct backgrounds, including Mexican- and African-American fathers.The volume includes chapters highlighting the unique challenges and possibilities of father involvement in their children’s early years of development. Contributing authors have integrated theories, research, policies, and programs on father involvement so as to attract readers with diverse interest and expertise, and material from selected countries in Asia, Australia, and Africa, as well as North America, evinces the international scope of their analysis. Their often interdisciplinary analyses draw, too, on historical and cultural legacies, even as they project a vision of the future in which fathers’ involvement in their young children’s lives develops alongside the changing political, economic and educational landscapes around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editor; Chapter 1 Introduction; Father Involvement in Young Children's Lives: CommonThemes and Diverse Perspectives; Purpose of the Book; Overview of the Book; Section 1: Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Section 2: Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Section 3: Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; About the Chapters; Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Father Involvement: General PerspectivesChapter 2 Fathers and Early Literacy; Assumptions About Fathers and Early Literacy; Review of Research on Fathers and Early Literacy; Parent Promotion of Early Literacy; Frequency of Fathers Reading to their Children; Father Characteristics Related to Reading to Children; Why Fathers Read to Children?; Materials that Fathers Read; Barriers that Limit Father Involvement in Literacy Activities; Mother and Father Differences; Benefits of Father Involvement in Early Literacy; Summary of the Research Review
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Literature and Early Literacy Interventionswith FathersFathers Reading Every Day (FRED) Program; Especially for Dads: Head Start Literacy Program; Dads & Kids Book Club; Literacy Workshop for Dads; Literacy Programs in the United Kingdom; Lessons from Practice; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3 Caring Fathers; What We Need to Know about Caring?; The Dimensions of Caring in Fathers; How Caring Fathers Influence Caring in Children?; Challenges to Fathers' Caring Roles; Strategies for Promoting Caring in Fathers; Informal Venues; Formal Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Communities that Nurture Caring FathersFather-Centered Education for Young Children; References; Section II Contexts Within the United States; Chapter 4 Mexican-American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Family Support System; Challenging Theoretical Perspectives; Methodological Research Conflicts; Transformation of Mexican-American Fathers' Roles; Methodological Research Transformations; Mexican-American Fathers; Historical Transformations; Mexican-American Father Involvement Studies; Literacy Practices; Literacy Roles; Children's Academic Achievement; Educational History
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Literacy ExperiencesResearch and Practical Applications; Research Implications; Practice Implications; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5 Father Involvement, African Americans, and Reducing the Achievement Gap; Historical Efforts to Reduce the Gap; Efforts Prior to the Revolutionary War; Efforts After the Revolutionary War; The Rise of Father Involvement Research; Federal Policy, Father Involvement, and the Achievement Gap; The Eyes of Academics Are Opened; Factors that Contribute to Successful Father Participation; Challenges and Obstacles to Involve African American Fathers
    Description / Table of Contents: General Challenges and Obstacles
    Description / Table of Contents: SECTION 1: Father Involvement: General Perspectives -- 1. Fathers and Early Literacy; Glen Palm -- 2. Caring Fathers: Empowering Children to be Loving Human Beings; Kevin J. Swick -- SECTION 2: Contexts within the United States.- 3. Mexican American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Olivia N. Saracho -- 4. Father Involvement, African Americans and Reducing the Achievement Gap; William H. Jeynes -- 5. Gay Fathers’ Involvement in Their Young Children’s Lives; Dana Berkowitz and Katherine A. Kuvalanka -- 6. Incarcerated Fathers: Implications for Father Involvement; Mike Roettger and Raymond R. Swisher -- 7. Involvement of Homeless Fathers: Challenges and Possibilities; Jyotsna Pattnaik and Christie Medeiros -- 8. Fathers of Young Children with Disabilities: Experiences, Involvement and Needs; Hedda Meadan, Howard P. Parette, Jr. and Sharon Doubet -- 9. Honoring Women Who must Raise Their Children Alone; Beatrice S. Fennimore -- Section 3: International Contexts.- 10. Father-child Involvement in English-Speaking Caribbean Countries: Links to Childhood Development; Jaipaul L Roopnarine -- 11. Indigenous Fathers in Canada: Multigenerational Challenges; Jessica Ball -- 12. Father Involvement: New Zealand; Paul Callister and Lindy Fursman -- 13. Male Involvement in Children’s Lives: Roles and Relevance to Academic and Non-Academic Outcomes in the Australian Context; Andrew J. Martin -- 14. Father Involvement in Young Children’s Care and Education in Southern Africa; Jeremiah Chikovore, Tawanda Makusha and Linda Richter -- 15. Fathering in India: Understanding Challenges and Opportunities; Rajalakshmi Sriram and Prachee Navalkar -- 16. Fathers’ Role in Chinese Children’s Education; Zhonghe Wu, Song An and Shuhua An -- 17. The Father Image in Japan -Traditional Roles and Emerging Realities in Conflict; Michelle Henault Morrone and Yumi Matsuyama -- 18. Father Involvement in Taiwan: A Progressive Perspective; Hsiu-Zu Ho, Chu-Ting Ko, Connie N. Tran, Jessica M. Phillips and Wei-Wen Chen -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400762268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 228 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moos, Lejf Transnational influences on values and practices in Nordic educational leadership
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: This book explores to what extent transnational influences change national/local values and practices in the Nordic educational systems. It provides country cases and thematic chapters that give nuanced insights into the influence of transnational agencies on national governance and discourses. It describes how national discourses and regulation influences school leadership values, culture and practice, in competition with traditional values. The transnational and global discourse on educational leadership is mostly formed according to Anglo-American thinking and tradition. Pivotal foundations of this discourse are strong hierarchical societies/class societies with liberal democracies, and clearly streamed education systems. The Nordic discourse, however, builds on a more equal society and flat hierarchies with participatory democracy, and on comprehensive schooling with strong local community roots. Leadership thinking and practices are formed by the culture and context they are part of: they are primarily shaped by the national/local values, traditions and practices, and only partially shaped by politics, discourses and literature. Due to the fact that a great deal of the literature that is being used in the Nordic contexts is of Anglo-American origin and many of the research projects have Anglo-American foundations, it is difficult to distinguish the sources for leadership thinking and practice. This book distinguishes the Nordic from the Anglo-American thinking and presents important findings and arguments for leadership practitioners inside as well as outside the Nordic countries.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Transnational Influences on Values and Practices in Nordic Educational Leadership; Foreword; John MacBeath: Questions of Culture and Context; Peter Mortimore: Nordic Leadership: Something Worth Keeping; References; Jim Spillane: School Leadership Research Context and the Context of School Leadership; Philip A. Woods: Nordic Culture as a Resource for Adaptive Response; References; Acknowledgements; Content; Contributors; Chapter 1: Prelude : Tuning the Instrument; 1.1 New Discourses Meet Established Structures and Social Capital; 1.2 Global Influences; 1.3 Supra- and Transnational Agencies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Different Societies, Diverse Discourses and Practices1.4.1 Social Differences; 1.4.2 Educational Legacy; 1.5 The Network and the Book; References; Part I: Country Cases; Chapter 2: Denmark: New Links Between Education and Economics; 2.1 Contemporary Governance and Leadership; 2.1.1 From Welfare States to Competitive States; 2.1.2 Changes of Educational Aims; 2.2 Differences Within the Educational System; 2.3 Dominant Discourses, Politics and Practice; 2.3.1 Social Contracts at Multiple Levels; 2.3.2 An Example of a Self-Government Contract; 2.3.3 Influence from a Leadership Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Facts and FiguresReferences; Chapter 3: Educational Leadership in Finland or Building a Nation with Bildung; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Administration and Leadership of Schools and Education; 3.2.1 A Three-Level Model of School Administration; 3.2.2 Building the Nation with Bildung : Grand Duchy of Finland (1809-1917); 3.2.3 The Independent Nation-State (1917-1945); 3.2.4 The Social Democratic Welfare State (1945-1990); 3.2.5 An Analytical Model for Educational Leadership Policy Changes; 3.3 The Social-Liberal Market State (1990-2008); 3.3.1 Implications for Leadership; 3.4 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; 4.1 Context; 4.2 Issues: Basic Schools; 4.2.1 Accountability: Tests; 4.2.2 Accountability: Evaluation; 4.3 Open Access and School Choice; 4.4 Inclusion: Students with Special Needs; 4.4.1 Inclusion: Immigrant Students; 4.4.2 Consolidation and the Size of Schools; 4.5 Role of Basic School Headmasters: Prospective Changes; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; 4.7 Facts and Figures; References; Chapter 5: Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.1 The History of the Norwegian Education System
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 A Short Description of the Education System Today5.1.2 Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.2 The Framing of School Leadership; 5.3 The Use of Evaluation and Performance Data as Improvement Strategy; 5.3.1 Aligning Input Governing to Output Measures?; 5.4 Future Trends; Appendix; References; Chapter 6: Sweden: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Implementation Strategies; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Municipalities and Independent Schools; 6.2.1 The Municipalities; 6.2.2 The Independent Schools; 6.3 How the State Steers Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Cross-Pressures and Challenges for Educational Leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Forewords by John MacBeath, Peter Mortimore, Jim Spillane and Philip Woods -- 1. Prelude - Tuning the Instrument; Lejf Moos -- Part 1. Country Cases. 2. Denmark: New Links between Education and Economics; Lejf Moos, Klaus Kasper Kofod, Katrin Hjort & Peter Henrik Raae -- 3. Educational Leadership in Finland - or Building a Nation with Bildung; Michael Uljens and Cilla Nyman -- 4. Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; Börkur Hansen -- 5. Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; Jorunn Møller and Guri Skedsmo -- 6. Sweden: Centralization and Decentralization as Implementation Strategies; Mikael Holmgren, Olof Johansson & Elisabet Nihlfors -- Part 2. Thematic Chapters -- 7. Independent Schools in Different Nordic Contexts - Implications for School Leadership?; Pia Skott and Klaus Kasper Kofod -- 8. Leadership for Democracy; Lejf Moos, Börkur Hansen, Göran Bjørk & Olof Johansson -- 9. The Professionalization of Nordic School Leadership; Michael Uljens, Jorunn Møller, Helene Ärlestig & Lars Frode Frederiksen -- 10. Successful Nordic School Leadership; Lejf Moos, Olof Johansson & Guri Skedsmo -- 11. Local Decisions under Central Watch - A New Nordic Quality Assurance System; Olof Johansson, Elisabet Nihlfors,  Mikael Holmgren, Lejf Moos, Guri Skedsmo, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 12. The Nordic Superintendents´ Leadership Roles: Cross National Comparison; Elisabet Nihlfors, Olof Johansson, Lejf Moos, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 13. Postlude - Wrap up of the Argument; Lejf Moos -- Author Biographies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789400761551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 260 p. 25 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Teichler, Ulrich, 1942 - The changing academic profession
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book provides an overview on the major findings of a questionnaire survey of academic profession in international perspective. More than 25,000 professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education at almost 20 countries from all over the world provide information on their working situation, their views and activities. The study "The Changing Academic Profession" is the second major study of its kind, and changes of views and activities are presented through a comparison of the findings with those of the earlier study undertaken in the early 1990s. Major themes are the academics' perception of their societal and institutional environments, the views on the major tasks of teaching, research and services, their professional preferences and actual activities, their career, their perceived influence and their overall job satisfaction. Emphasis is placed on the influence of recent changes in higher education: the internationalisation and globalisation, the increasing expectation to provide evidence of the relevance of academic work, and finally the growing power of management at higher education institutions. Overall, the academics surveyed show that worldwide discourses and trends in higher education put their mark on the academic profession, but differences by country continue to be noteworthy. Academics consider themselves to be more strongly exposed to mechanism of regulations, incentives and sanctions as well as various assessments than in the past; yet their own freedom, and responsibilities and influence shape their identity more strongly and are reflected in widespread professional satisfaction. Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study. - 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study. - 4. The Academic Career. - 5. Research and Teaching. The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession. - 6. Faculty Perception of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management. (HoF/text adopted)
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Authors -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study -- 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study -- 4. The Academic Career -- 5. Research and Teaching: The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession -- 6. Faculty Perceptions of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management -- Appendix -- The Changing Academic Profession: Questionnaire.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789400755529 , 1283908689 , 9781283908689
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 117 p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogik ; Internet ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: Identifying 'networked flow' as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals. The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of 'networked flow' as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike
    Abstract: Identifying ‘networked flow’ as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals.The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of ‘networked flow’ as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: From Creativity to Creative Networks Chapter -- 2: The Cognitive Foundations of Networked Flow Chapter -- 3: The Emergence of Networked Flow Chapter -- 4: Analyzing the Experience of Networked Flow through Social Network Analysis​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789400746145 , 128361233X , 9781283612333
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 200 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europa ; Hochschule ; Studium ; Universität ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademiker ; Zukunft
    Abstract: This book is the first of several with the results of a collaborative European project supported by the European Science Foundation on changes in the academic profession in Europe (EUROAC). It provides a short description of the ESF EUROHESC programme and the particular forms of international collaborative research projects which are funded under the umbrella of this programme. It then outlines the EUROAC project. This project has chosen three foci (governance, professionalisation, academic careers) to analyse changes in the work of the academic profession. The first results in the form of in-depth literature reviews constitute the content of the book. These eight literature reviews about the state of the art of existing research feature the various dimensions of the overall theme. A particular emphasis is put on factors leading to changes in the work tasks of the academic profession in Europe and how the academic profession is coping with these new challenges. Thus, the book provides a state of the art account of existing research about the following themes: main results of previous studies on the academic profession; the academic profession and their interaction with new higher education professionals; professional identities in higher education; extending work tasks: civic mission and sustainable development; academic careers in academic markets; the changing role of academics in the face of rising managerialism; the influence of quality assurance, governance, and relevance on the satisfaction of the academic profession. Contents: Clarke, Marie/Hyde, Abbey/Drennan, Jonathan: Professional Identity in Higher Education. - Höhle, Esther Ava/Teichler, Ulrich: The Academic Profession in the Light of Comparative Surveys. - Hyde, Abbey/Clarke, Marie/Drennan, Jonathan: The Changing Role of Academics and the Rise of Managerialism. - Schneijderberg, Christian/Merkator, Nadine: The New Higher Education Professionals. - Goastellec, Gaele/Park, Elke/Ates, Gülay/Toffel, Kevin: Academic Markets, Academic Careers: Where Do We Stand? - Probst, Carole/Goastellec, Gaele: Internationalisation and the Academic Labour Market. - Moraru, Luminita/Praisler, Mirela/Marin, Simona Alecu/Bentea, Cristina Corina: The Academic Profession: Quality Assurance, Governance, Relevance, and Satisfaction. - Culum, Bojana/Roncevic, Nena/Ledic, Jasminka: Facing New Expectations - Integrating Third Mission Activities into the University. (HoF/text adopted)
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Introduction; References; Professional Identity in Higher Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Professional Identity Formation; 3 Professional Identity-How it Is Viewed; 4 Identity and Professional Socialisation in Higher Education; 5 Networks and Identity; 6 Identity and Gender in Higher Education; 7 Identity and Midlife Career Academics; 8 Mixed Identities in Higher Education; 9 Identity and Professional Boundaries; 10 Summary; References; The Academic Profession in the Light of Comparative Surveys; 1 The Academic Profession in Focus
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Carnegie Study 1991-19932.1 The Initiative and the Design of the Study; 2.2 Major Results of the Carnegie Study; 2.3 Subsequent Years; 3 The CAP Study; 3.1 The Approach; 3.2 The Design of the CAP Study; 3.3 First Results; 4 Subsequent Comparative Studies; 5 A Final Observation; References; The Changing Role of Academics and the Rise of Managerialism; 1 Introduction; 2 The Traditional Model of a University; 3 Towards Managerialism in Higher Education: The Rise of Neo-Liberalism and the Evaluative State; 4 The Changing Role of Academics with the Advent of Managerialism
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 The Increasing Diversification of Academic Work4.2 The Increasing Control over Academic Work and Loss of Professional Power; 4.3 The Impact of Increased Managerialism on the Nature of Teaching and Research; 5 Professional Socialisation Versus New Managerial Values: Empirical Studies at the Shop-Floor Level; 6 Summary and Conclusion; References; The New Higher Education Professionals; 1 Introduction; 2 Higher Education and University Personnel at Stake; 2.1 A Sketch of the Bigger Picture; 2.2 University Personnel in the Arena
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 From Quantitative to Qualitative Approaches: Bureaucratisation, Identity and Professionalisation3.1 Quantitative Approaches Towards Academic and Administrative Personnel; 3.2 Qualitative Approaches Towards Administration and Higher Education Professionals; 3.3 A Collage of Features of Higher Education Professionals; 3.4 Institutional Research and Higher Education Professionals; 4 Academic Personnel; 4.1 Shifts in the Academic Job Descriptions, Para-Academics and Higher Education Professionals; 4.2 The "Academic-Turned-Manager" or the Changing Roles of Academic Managers; 5 The Overlap Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 ConclusionsReferences; Academic Markets, Academic Careers: Where Do We Stand?; 1 Academic Markets and Recruitment Procedures: A Historical Perspective; 1.1 From Prestige and Performance to Inbreeding; 1.2 The Academic Labour Market; 1.3 Governance of Academic Careers; 2 Stages of Academic Careers; 2.1 Young Academics and Doctoral Education; 2.1.1 Doctorates; 2.1.2 Post-doctorate; 2.2 Middle Rank and Adjuncts/Contingent Faculties; 2.2.1 Being Part of the Middle Rank: A Required Step on the Path of an Academic Career; 2.2.2 Adjunct Staff: A Dead End?; 2.3 The Professoriate-Tenure
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 A Story of Loss
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748637 , 1283698080 , 9781283698085
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 214 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Patrick, Patricia G. Zoo talk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are 'bilingual'--that the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languages--this enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the 'speech' of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate children's responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an 'informal learning model' and a 'zoo knowledge model' that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit. Their analysis of the 'visitor voice' informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors' entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general
    Abstract: Founded on the premise that zoos are bilingualthat the zoo, in the shape of its staff and exhibits, and its visitors speak distinct languagesthis enlightening analysis of the informal learning that occurs in zoos examines the speech of exhibits and staff as well as the discourse of visitors beginning in the earliest years. Using real-life conversations among visitors as a basis for discussion, the authors interrogate childrens responses to the exhibits and by doing so develop an informal learning model and a zoo knowledge model that prompts suggestions for activities that classroom educators can use before, during, and after a zoo visit.Their analysis of the visitor voice informs creative suggestions for how to enhance the educational experiences of young patrons. By assessing visitors entry knowledge and their interpretations of the exhibits, the authors establish a baseline for zoos that helps them to refine their communication with visitors, for example in expanding knowledge of issues concerning biodiversity and biological conservation. The book includes practical advice for zoo and classroom educators about positive ways to prepare for zoo visits, engaging activities during visits, and follow-up work that maximizes the pedagogical benefits. It also reflects on the interplay between the developing role of zoos as facilitators of learning, and the ways in which zoos help visitors assimilate the knowledge on offer. In addition to being essential reading for educators in zoos and in the classroom, this volume is full of insights with much broader contextual relevance for getting the most out of museum visits and field trips in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: Zoo Talk; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: A History of Animal Collections; The Beginning of Menageries and Zoos; Zoos in the United States of America; The Evolution of Zoo Design; Zoo Education; The Zoo Voice Today; References; Chapter 3: Rationale for the Existence of Zoos; Education; Conservation; Recreation or Entertainment; Facilities; Research; Culture and Society; The Future; References; Chapter 4: Visitors' Knowledge of Zoos; The Zoo Visitor and Their Reasons for Visiting the Zoo; The Visitor's Perceptions of Nature; The Importance of Mental Models
    Description / Table of Contents: Understandings People Have of ZoosReferences; Chapter 5: Exhibit Design; Exhibits; Labels; Animals as Exhibits and Topics of Conversation; Experiential Space in Exhibits; References; Chapter 6: Talking About Animals; Taxonomy and the Term Animal; Identifying Animals; Animal Behavior and Anatomy; Attitudes, Emotional Connections, and Culture; References; Chapter 7: Visitor Voice; Form, Function, and Categories of Conversations; Discourse in the Exhibit; Using Grounded Theory to Analyze Conversations; Understanding Terminology; References; Chapter 8: School and Family Groups' Conversations
    Description / Table of Contents: Family GroupsSchool Groups; Talking Science; References; Chapter 9: The Zoo Voice: Zoo Education and Learning; Why Visit Zoos?; Prior Knowledge and Learning; Zoo Education; References; Chapter 10: Information Educators Need to Know About Zoo Field Trips (Useful Field Trip Information); Analyzing Discourse; Exhibit Learning Cycle; Increasing Communication During the Interpretation Stage; More Ideas; Nature Tables; Physical Science and Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Patterns of Animal Anatomy; Hands-On Activities Pre-visit; Zoo Kits; DNA Fingerprinting; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Zoo Field Trip DesignRationale for Visiting the Zoo: Animals; Rationale for Visiting the Zoo: Educational; Learning During a Zoo Field Trip; Characteristics of Successful Field Trips; Cognitive: Pre-visit Activities; Cognitive: During-Visit Activities; Cognitive: Post-visit Activities; Suggested Activities; Procedural: Facility Staff; Procedural: Advanced Organizers; Social: Student Groups; Social: Control of Visit and Learning; Teacher Training and Chaperone Preparation; References; Chapter 12: Conclusions; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789400753952 , 128369820X , 9781283698207
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 92 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Kleinkinderziehung
    Abstract: Among the welter of books on critical pedagogy, this volume will be especially valued for its direct focus on early years and elementary educators. Benefiting from the considered views of two veteran teachers of critical pedagogy, the volume is far more than a knowledge-rich resource, offering as it does vital support in applying the tenets of critical pedagogy to classroom practice. Alongside specific examples of teachers engaging in critical pedagogy in elementary and early-childhood classrooms, the material features close analysis and guidance that will help ease teachers into reflective practice in critical pedagogy that is based on praxisthe point at which theory and practice meet and interact. Indeed, the authors move readers even further than this, showing how students as well as teachers can transform their experience of education through critical reflection.After surveying the field of critical pedagogy, the authors discuss the core precepts that inform the classroom practice of critical pedagogues. They move on to discuss how vital these early and elementary years are in forging childrens nascent identities. Other topics covered include discrimination, gender issues, the development of social justice projects, and the social transformations that critical pedagogy can manifest in the classroom. Finally, this resource explains how teachers can move forward in their classroom practice to enhance equity, justice and social responsibility. This book is essential reading for classroom practitioners in early and elementary education, whether neophytes or veterans, who are interested in deploying this powerful educational paradigm in their work.After surveying the field of critical pedagogy, the authors discuss the core precepts that inform the classroom practice of critical pedagogues. They move on to discuss how vital these early and elementary years are in forging childrens nascent identities. Other topics covered include discrimination, gender issues, the development of social justice projects, and the social transformations that critical pedagogy can manifest in the classroom. Finally, this resource explains how teachers can move forward in their classroom practice to enhance equity, justice and social responsibility. This book is essential reading for classroom practitioners in early and elementary education, whether neophytes or veterans, who are interested in deploying this powerful educational paradigm in their work.
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Pedagogy for Early Childhood and Elementary Educators; Preface; Introduction; The Testing Paradox; Elementary Student-Centered Teaching Practicefor Democratic Social Justice; Elementary Students as a Part of a Global Citizenry; Organization of the Text; What Is Critical Pedagogy?; Being Critical of Critical Pedagogy; Assumptions: Where Are We?; Identity; Praxis of Critical Pedagogy; Discrimination; Gender, Ethnicity, and Disability; The Dilemma of Social Justice; Teaching for Transformation; Looking Back and Moving Forward; References; Acknowledgements; Contents
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Critical Pedagogy in an Age of the Marketizationof EducationThe Marketization of Education; The Hope of Critical Pedagogy; References; Chapter 2: What Is Critical Pedagogy?; Glossary; References; Chapter 3: Being Critical of Critical Pedagogy; Specific Criticisms of Critical Pedagogy; Transforming Criticisms into Solutions; Making Accessible the Language of Critical Pedagogy; Incorporating Other Voices Beyond Those of White Men; Becoming Part of the Solutions and Not Just the Problems of Critical Pedagogy; References; Chapter 4: Assumptions: Where Are We?
    Description / Table of Contents: Particular Forms of Knowledge Are Valued Over OthersStandards; School Knowledge Belongs to the Privileged; Those in Power Positions Try to Maintain a Dominant Position in Society; What Can We Do to Make a Difference?; Get all Students Involved in Planning the Curriculum; Learn as Much as Possible About Diverse Populations; Examine Stereotypes and Assumptions About Socioeconomic Status; References; Chapter 5: Identity; Who Am I? Why Am I Here?; Family Structures; What Are Obstacles to Identify Formation?; How Do We Overcome Obstacles to Identity Formation?; How Do We Get There?
    Description / Table of Contents: Who Will Advocate for the Children?References; Chapter 6: Praxis and Critical Pedagogy; Theoretical Background; Educators' Making Meaning; Examining the Unexamined; What Is White Privilege?; Cultural Capital; How to Accomplish Praxis; Application; Technology as Application; References; Chapter 7: Discrimination; Legislation; Time and Space Context; Civil Rights Timeline; Importance of Children and Resistance to Segregation; The Struggle for Voting Rights; Voting Rights Timeline; Stage Development of Discrimination; Assisting Young Students to Accept and Enact Antidiscriminatory Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 8: Gender, Ethnicity, and Disability; Gender Strides and Declines; Women in Higher Education; Women and Compensation; Theorists in Educational Foundations; Women Left Out of Educational Psychological and Historical Foundations; Ways for Faculty to Promote Equity in the Classroom; Hands and Minds on Ideas for Elementary Learners to Learn About Women in Education; Integrating Women into Elementary Critical Pedagogy Classrooms; Lesson Plan; References; Chapter 9: The Dilemma of Social Justice; What Is Social Justice?; What Is Citizenship?; Fraser's Model of Social Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: We Pray for the Child
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789400744677 , 1283612291 , 9781283612296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 378 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moving the equity agenda forward
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bildungspolitik ; Chancengleichheit
    Abstract: This volume takes on the vital tasks of celebrating, challenging, and attempting to move forward our understanding of equity and diversity in science education. Organized thematically, the book explores five key areas of science education equity research: science education policy; globalization; context and culture; discourse, language and identity; and leadership and social networking. Chapter authors -- emerging to established US science education scholars -- present their latest research on how to make science interesting and accessible to all students. The volume includes international voices as well: Scholars from around the world crafted responses to each section. Together, authors and respondents attempt to refine our methods for examining equity issues across classrooms, schools, and policies, and deepen our understanding of ways to promote equity and acknowledge diversity in science classrooms. Moving the Equity Agenda Forward is endorsed by NARST: A Worldwide Organization for Improving Science Teaching and Learning Through Research. The volume gains authority from the fact that it was edited by one current and four former chairs of NARSTs Equity and Ethics Committee.
    Description / Table of Contents: Moving the Equity Agenda Forward; Introduction to Volume; Contents; Part I: Introduction: Science Education Policy; Reference; Chapter 1: Science for All: Historical Perspectives on Policy for Science Education Reform; Introduction; Science for All Before 1960; Practical Studies and Vocational Education; The Comprehensive High School and Aptitude Testing as Democratizing Influences; World War II and the Search for Science Talent; The Sputnik Challenge; From the 1960s to the Present: The Era of Civil Rights; A Call for Excellence and Common Culture; The Economic Argument
    Description / Table of Contents: No Child Left Behind (NCLB)Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Is It Possible to Teach "Science for All" in a Climate of Accountability? Educational Policy and the Equitable Teaching of Science; Nonmainstream Students, NCLB, and Science Education Reform; Influence of NCLB on the Science Learning of Nonmainstream Students; Possible Reasons for Continued Gaps; Structure of NCLB Policy; Instructional Decisions Focused on Short-Term Assessment Gains; Negative Consequences for Science Teachers; Structure of NCLB Assessments; Understanding the Paradox: Negative Consequences of NCLB
    Description / Table of Contents: Comments on MethodologyImplications for Science Education Research, Practice, and Policy; References; Chapter 3: Conceptions of Inequality in the Era of Bush/Obama; Conceptions of Inequality in Standards-Based Reform; 1990s Conceptions of Standards-Based Reform; Influence of Standards-Based Reform in Contemporary Initiatives; Conceptions of Inequality in Market-Based Reform; Conceptions of Inequality as Epistemological; What These Lens Enable and Constrain in Our Scholarship; What Is the "So What" for New Scholars Interested in Equality and Diversity?; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: International Response for Part I: Bridging the Gaps Between Policy and Practice on Equity for Science Education ReformsQuestion 1: What Are the Major Trends of the Policies on Equity in Science Education?; Question 2: How Do These Chapters Address Similar Issues that Might Be Encountered by International Scholars and School Science Teachers?; Question 3: What Issues or Actions Need to Be Considered to Achieve Equity?; Importance of Teacher Preparation in Educational Reform; Necessity of Conducting Policy-Related Research to Provide Evidence of Effectiveness of Policies
    Description / Table of Contents: Essential Actions Taken for Communication Between Researchers and PolicymakersConcluding Remarks; References; Part II: Introduction: Globalization; References; Chapter 5: The Imperative of Context in the Age of Globalization in Creating Equity in Science Education; Overview; Contextual Factors of Globalization; Holons; Globalization; Positive Effects of Globalization; Mitigating Forces; The Economics of Education and Society; The Notions of Capital and Habitus; Role and Function of Education and Schooling; Revisiting the Imperative of Context; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Frameworks for Examining the Intersections of Race, Ethnicity, Class, and Gender on English Language Learners in K-12 Science Education in the USA
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9789400743045
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 297 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 23
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Learning in informal settings is attracting growing attention from policymakers and researchers, yet there remains, at the moment, a dearth of literature on the topic. Thus this volume, which examines how science and mathematics are experienced in everyday and out-of-school-time (OST) settings, makes an important contribution to the field of the learning sciences. Conducting research on OST learning requires us to broaden and deepen our conceptions of learning as well as to better identify the unique and common qualities of different learning settings. We must also find better ways to analyze the interplay between OST and school-based learning. In this volume, scholars develop theoretical structures that are useful not only for understanding learning processes, but also for helping to create and support new opportunities for learning, whether they are in or out of school, or bridging a range of settings. The chapters in this volume include studies of everyday and situated processes that facilitate science and mathematics learning. They also feature new theoretical and empirical frameworks for studying learning pathways that span both in- and out-of-school time and settings. Contributors also examine structured OST programs in which everyday and situated modes of learning are leveraged in support of more disciplined practices and conceptions of science and mathematics. Fortifying much of this work is a leading focus on educational equitya desire to foster more socially supportive and intellectually engaging science and mathematics learning opportunities for youth from historically non-dominant communities. Full of compelling examples and revealing analysis, this book is a vital addition to the literature on a subject with a fast-rising profile.
    Description / Table of Contents: LOST Opportunities; Preface; A New Way of Looking; This Volume; Thank Yous; References; Contents; Part I: What Counts as Math and Science?; Chapter 1: Introduction: What Counts as Math and Science?; References; Chapter 2: Math I Am: What We Learn from Stories That People Tell About Math in Their Lives; Introduction; Methods; The Interviews; (Mathematical) Identity and Narrative; Home and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" in the Family; Diverse Kinds of Mathematics; Mathematics at Home Stories Are Social; Getting It Done Instead of Getting the Right Answer; Mathematics as Part of Fun
    Description / Table of Contents: How Mathematics in the Family Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"Being Personally Responsible; Being Socially Responsible; Being a Family Together; Home and Mathematics Identity; School and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" at School; Generalizing About Experiences with School Mathematics; Mathematics as Speci fi c Problems, Teachers, and Grades; Mathematics for Mathematics' Sake; How Mathematics at School Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"; School and Mathematics Identity; Design Implications of the MIAM Stories; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: What Counts as Science in Everyday and Family Interactions?Introduction; Examples of Science-Relevant Activities in Everyday Life; Conversations About Sea Creatures at an Aquarium; Testing Predictions at a Car Track Museum Exhibit; Conversations About Temperature and Melting in a Storybook-Reading Activity; Conversations About Sun Safety at a Community Health Fair; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: What Counts as Mathematics When "We All Use Math Every Day"? A Look at NUMB3RS; Mathematics in Movies and Television; NUMB3RS; The Mathematics of NUMB3RS; Methods: Word Counts
    Description / Table of Contents: We All Use Math Every Day: Who Is "We"?We All Use Math Every Day: What Is "Math"?; Methods: Audience Response Study; Who Does Mathematics in NUMB3RS ?; How Do Viewers Decide Something Counts as Mathematics?; Learning in Out-of-School Time: Mathematics and Media; Appendix; References; Chapter 5: What Counts Too Much and Too Little as Math; Stupid Gerry; What Counts as Math Times Two; Math and "Our Language"; Architect A and Architect B; Math Is Distributed and Expressed in Diverse Forms in Everyday Life; Mathematics In-Not-As the Activity; Dumb Ted; Where Do We Go from Here?; Coda; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: When Is Mathematics, and Who Says So?: A Commentary on Part IReferences; Part II: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; Chapter 7: Introduction: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; References; Chapter 8: Creating Within and Across Life Spaces: The Role of a Computer Clubhouse in a Child's Learning Ecology; Introduction; Theoretical Goals and Methodological Strategies; Luis's Learning Pathways; Getting Started at the Clubhouse
    Description / Table of Contents: Movie-Making Process: Idea Generation, Feedback, and Revision
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747593 , 1283634082 , 9781283634083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arbeit ; Lebenslanges Lernen
    Abstract: This book's original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time
    Abstract: This books original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time as it gives readers a clear philosophical grounding in learning at work. It is, however, not simply a book about philosophy, but a gazetteer of approaches to education in work that will sustain and inspire those who provide, engage in, and support the learning of new knowledge and skills in the workplace. With adaptability to new employment opportunities so vital to existing workers, the authors stand behind continued provision of work-based learning in the face of tightening economic constraints.
    Description / Table of Contents: Learning, Work and Practice: New Understandings; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Thinking About Work in Work Based Learning; References; Part I; Chapter 2: The Workplace as a Site of Learning: Reflections on the Conceptual Relationship Between Workplace and Learning; Introduction: The Concept of a Workplace; The Concept of Work; Constraints on the Workplace as a Learning Environment; Why Some Learning Has to Take Place in the Workplace; Operational Conditions and the Workplace; Collective Knowledge in the Workplace; IVET and CVET
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards the Development of Professional Agency Through the Workplace as a Site of LearningReferences; Chapter 3: The Role of On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Provision in Vocational Education and Training; The Disappearing Knowledge Trick; A Different Approach; References; Chapter 4: Tacit Knowledge and the Labour Process; Introduction; Knowledge and Wealth: Retreat from Human Capital?; Braverman's Labour Process Theory; Importance of Knowledge at Work; The Knowledge Worker; Is Knowledge Work Rampant?; Knowledge Management and the Labour Process; Knowledge Sharing
    Description / Table of Contents: Commodification of Knowledge: A Global/Local QuestionEspoused Reasons for Knowledge Management; Resisting Standardization at Work; Rise of Tacit Knowledge; Knowledge Ownership at Work; Conclusion; Implications; References; Chapter 5: Workplace Identity, Transition and the Role of Learning; The Concept of Workplace Identity; Research into Graduate Identity; Constructing Graduate Identity; Values; Intellect; Performance; Engagement; From Graduate Identity to Workplace Identity; Developing Workplace Identity; References; Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ontological Distinctiveness and the Emergence of PurposesIntroduction: Beyond 'Mere Castles in the Air'; Ontologically Distinctive Properties; Unpredictability; Irreducibility; Inexplicability; The Significance of Purpose; Pushing on with Purpose; Projective Practices; Building Capacities; Identity and Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Practice as a Key Idea in Understanding Work-Based Learning; Introduction; The Scope of the Term 'Work-Based Learning'; Changing Understandings of Work-Based Learning; Early Theories Influenced by Psychology; Sociocultural Theories
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern TheoriesDiverse Understandings of Practice; MacIntyre's Account; Green's Analysis of Less Attenuated Theories; Implications of More Recent Learning Theories and the Practice Turn for Understanding Work-Based Learning; Conclusion; References; Part III; Chapter 8: Aristotelian Gnoseology and Work-Based Learning; Introduction; Work-Based Learning and the Critique of Aristotle; Other Knowledge Is Valuable: For Aristotle Too; The Phronimoi , Their Leisure (Skholi) and Their Occupation (Askholia); References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Working Our Way Through Murky Coordinates: Philosophy in Support of Truth Processes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789400744585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 221 p. 24 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Research on PISA
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Literacy ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; PISA-Studie
    Abstract: The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) is an important part of the OECD's Indicator Programme. It collects data and provides comparative indicators of education systems in OECD member and partner countries. PISA provides datasets of outstanding quality regarding samples, instruments and analyses. In addition to its important function for educational monitoring, the PISA datasets are the basis of a wide range of secondary analyses from a number of different scientific perspectives and disciplines. The aim of this book is to make some of the outstanding PISA related research results available for a wider audience. Specifically four research areas will be focused: (1) Content related research; (2) Methodological research; (3) Context related research; (4) Research on trends in PISA. Each part of the book is devoted to one of these areas and will start with an introduction from a leading expert in the field followed by chapters covering research conducted in this field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on PISA; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Introduction: Research on PISA, with PISA, and for PISA; The Purpose of PISA; Structure of Research on PISA; Research with PISA: How to Extend a PISA Cycle?; Research on PISA: Some Expectations; References; Part I: Content Related Research; Introduction : Content Related Researchon PISA; References; Chapter 1: Implications of PISA Outcomes for Science Curriculum Reform in the Netherlands; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Dutch Science Education and the PISA 2006 Scientific Literacy Framework; 1.2.1 The PISA 2009 Scientific Literacy Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.2 Comparison of Dutch Science Education with the PISA Framework1.2.3 Expected Strengths and Weaknesses of Dutch Students; 1.3 Methods; 1.3.1 Introduction; 1.3.2 Method of Analysis at the Item Level; 1.4 Results; 1.4.1 Strengths and Weaknesses of Dutch Students; 1.4.1.1 Relatively Difficult Items; 1.4.1.2 Relatively Easy Items; 1.4.2 Differences Between Students in General and Vocational Secondary Education; 1.4.3 Analyses of the Attitudinal Scales; 1.5 Conclusions; 1.5.1 Implications for Dutch Science Education; Appendix: PISA items; The Greenhouse Effect: Fact or Fiction?; Mary Montagu
    Description / Table of Contents: The History of VaccinationReferences; Chapter 2: Using Mathematical Competencies to Predict Item Difficulty in PISA: A MEG Study; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Competency Related Variables; 2.3 Analysis of the Application of the MEG Item Difficulty Framework; 2.3.1 Psychometric Quality; 2.3.1.1 Correlation of Variable Average Code Values; 2.3.1.2 Coder Consistency; 2.3.2 Results of Difficulty Analyses; 2.3.2.1 Predicting Variance Explained; 2.3.2.2 Factor Analysis; 2.4 Present Status of the Study; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: PISA Mathematics in Germany: Extending the Conceptual Framework to Enable a More Differentiated Assessment3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Need to Differentiate: Mathematics Achievement Is Not Homogeneous Across Countries; 3.3 A Model for Mathematical Tasks; 3.4 Features of Mathematical Tasks; 3.5 Profiles of Mathematical Achievement; 3.6 Advantages of Differentiated Assessment; References; Part II: Methodological Research; Introduction: Methodological Research in Large-Scale International Assessments; References; Chapter 4: Modeling Reciprocal Determinism in PISA
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Reciprocal Determinism4.1.1 Reciprocal Determinism in PISA; 4.2 Formulating a Nonrecursive Structural Equation Model; 4.2.1 Identification; 4.2.2 Measurement Models; 4.2.3 Estimation; 4.3 Findings; 4.3.1 The Fit Between the Model and the Data; 4.3.2 Parameter Estimates; 4.3.3 Reciprocal Determinism; 4.3.4 Other Influences on Mathematics Self-efficacy and Achievement; 4.4 Modeling Reciprocal Determinism in PISA; References; Chapter 5: The Measurement of Translation Error in PISA-2006 Items: An Application of the Theory of Test Translation Error; 5.1 Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 Definition of Translation Error
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9789048139453 , 1283697939 , 9781283697934
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 171 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Friedenserziehung
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a 'curriculum of difference' that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity--discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students' apprehension of peace and sustainability. With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education
    Abstract: Forward-thinking pedagogues as well as peace researchers have, in recent decades, cast a critical eye over teaching content and methodology with the aim of promulgating notions of peace and sustainability in education. This volume gives voice to the reflections of educational theorists and practitioners who have taken on the task of articulating a ‘curriculum of difference’ that gives positive voice to these key concepts in the pedagogical arena. Here, contributors from around the world engage with paradigm-shifting discourses that reexamine questions of ontology and human subjectivity-discourses that advocate interdisciplinarity as well as the reformulation of epistemological boundaries. Deconstructing the origins and limits of human knowledge and learning, the book affords educators the opportunity to identify and express common elements of the subjects taught and studied in educational institutions, elements that facilitate students’ apprehension of peace and sustainability.With penetrating analysis of contemporary issues in the field, this volume introduces a range of fresh theoretical approaches that extend the boundaries of peace education, which is broadly defined as promoting the responsible, equitable and sustainable co-existence of differing human communities. In doing so, the chapters show how we can improve our lives as well as our chances of survival as a species by acknowledging the importance of shared human aspirations that cut across borders, of genuinely listening to alternative voices and opinions, of challenging the ubiquitous, socially constructed historical narratives that define human relations only in terms of power. Charged with vitality and originality, this new publication is a critical examination of issues central to the development and utility of global education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Peace Education; Contents; Contributors; Critical Peace Education: Difficult Dialogues; References; Chapter 1: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions, and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy; Reflective and Conceptual Dimensions of Comprehensive/Critical Peace Education; Political Concerns: Efficacy in Establishing Cosmopolitan Norms; Pedagogic Concerns: Maintaining Authentic Open Inquiry; Reflecting Our Way to the Barricades: Multiple Modes of Reflective Inquiry Relevant to the Political Efficacy of Peace Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Caution with Regard to Religious and Spiritual PracticeSignificant Distinctions: Reflective Inquiry into Conceptual Clarifications; Critical and Ideological: Toward Truly Open Inquiry; Morality and Ethics: Pursuing a Wider Scope of Justice and Moral Inclusion; Reflective Inquiry as a Pedagogy of Cosmopolitanism; References; Chapter 2: The Cold Peace; Introduction; The Liberal Philosophy of Peace; Crimes Against Peace; Peace and Development; American Foreign Policy and the Peace Corps; Liberal World Order and the Growth of the Peace Industry; Neoconservatism, War, and Peace
    Description / Table of Contents: The Globalization of ViolenceThe Postmodernization of Peace and the Neoliberalization of Security; References; Chapter 3: Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other; References; Chapter 4: The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education; References; Chapter 5: Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace; A Theoretical Framework for Understanding Violence; Who Is the Perpetrator of Violence?
    Description / Table of Contents: Beyond the Politics of Compassion: Discursive and Material Violence in the Age of Human RightsTolerance and the Liberal Ideology of Missionary Politics; Peace Education and Critical Pedagogy: Making Militant Peace a Political Project; References; Chapter 6: Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View from War Zones; Cosmology and Peace Education; Angolan Cosmologies; Perils of Imposition; A Systems Approach to Peace Education; A Case from Northern Uganda; Sociopolitical Disconnects; Toward a Systemic Approach; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in SchoolsIntroduction; The Psychic, Social and Political Influence of Emotions of Trauma and the Implications for Reconciliation Efforts; The Political Appropriation of Emotions of Trauma in Schools: The Example of Fear; Critical Emotional Praxis for Reconciliation Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: What You See Depends Where You Stand: Critical Anticolonial Perspectives on Genocide Education Addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide; Situating Our Project; In Conversation: Umwali
    Description / Table of Contents: Marie-Jolie
    Description / Table of Contents: Meditating on the Barricades: Concerns, Cautions and Possibilities for Peace Education for Political Efficacy, Betty Reardon -- The Cold Peace, Michael A. Peters and James Thayer -- Re-imag(e)ining the Cosmopolitical: Deconstructing the Other, Bryan A. Wright -- The Transformative Power of Engaged Thinking for Peace Education, Robert Gould -- Critical Pedagogy and Peace Education: Understanding Violence, Human Rights, and the Historical Project of Militant Peace, Panayota Gounari -- Cosmology, Context, and Peace Education: A View From War Zones, Michael G. Wessells -- Critical Emotional Praxis: Rethinking Teaching and Learning About Trauma and Reconciliation in Schools, Mychalinos Zembylas -- What you see depends where you stand: Critical anticolonial perspectives on Genocide Education addressing the 1994 Rwandan Genocide, Lisa K. Taylor, Marie-Jolie Rwigema, Sollange Ssuter Umwali -- Forging a Constellation, Re-covering A Space of Memory Beyond Reconciliation and Consternation, Mario Di Paolantonio -- The Road to Inclusion: Citizenship and Participatory Action Research as a Means of Redressing “Otherness” Among Homeless Youth, David Alan Goldberg -- Dialogical Hospitality as a Habitat for Peace, Francois Mifsud..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789400753075
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 196 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Muslims in Global Societies Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Judenvernichtung ; Muslim ; Einstellung ; Soziale Wahrnehmung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people's historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims' countries of origin. In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people’s historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims’ countries of origin.In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perceptions of the Holocaust in Europe and Muslim Communities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; References; History Aside?; Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance; References; Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations; Introduction; International Commemoration; Muslim Reactions to Holocaust Commemoration; Muslim Leaders Address the Holocaust; Teaching the Holocaust; Assessment; References; The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust; From the End of WWII to the Establishment of Israel
    Description / Table of Contents: The Evolution of the Major Themes of Holocaust RepresentationCritical Voices in a Promising Era of a Peace Process; The Counter Reaction to the New Discourse; Conclusions; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey; 'Positive' Perceptions of the Holocaust; The Armenian Genocide and the Holocaust; The 'Turkish Diplomats Who Saved Turkish Jews'; Negative Perceptions; "The Palestine Question and Genocide"; Holocaust Denial; Hollywood and Films Dealing with the Holocaust; The American Media and Holocaust; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Antisemitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and ItalyIntroduction; Survivors, Perpetrators, Bystanders; Universalism and Particularism; Responses from Muslim Organisations; Criticising Holocaust Memorial Day; On Holocaust Memorial Day; Rearticulating Antisemitism; References; ' Hamas, Hamas, All Jews to the Gas.' The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010; Introduction; Globalisation of the Israeli-Palestinian Con fl ict; Antisemitism in the Netherlands After the Liberation; Secondary Antisemitism
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosemitism, Anti-Antisemitism and Red (Jews) NosesFootball Hooliganism; Jews as Nazis; New Dutch and the Shoah; Conclusion; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust Among Young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London; Introduction; Shared Basic Knowledge of the Holocaust; Sources of Knowledge; Doubts, Denial and Conspiracies About the Holocaust; Comparing the Holocaust to Other Atrocities; Equating the Sufferings of Palestinians with the Holocaust; The Topos of Jews Taking Revenge for the Holocaust with the Palestinians
    Description / Table of Contents: Analogies Between the Holocaust and the War in Iraq and Equations of the US-President with HitlerAnalogies Between the Holocaust and Persecution of Muslims; Explicitly Rejecting Antisemitic Equations; The Holocaust and the Creation of the State of Israel; German Guilt and Compensation Payments; Moral Judgements and Emotional Reactions to the Holocaust; Condemnations of the Holocaust; Condemning the Holocaust with Restrictions: Accusations of Exploitation and Emotional Distance; Empathy; Approval of the Holocaust and Common Ground with Nazis; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Programme with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, J. Allouche-Benayoun, G. Jikeli -- History aside?- Juliane Wetzel: Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance, G. Bensoussan -- Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations, M. Whine -- The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust, E. Webman -- Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey, R.N. Bali -- Anti-Semitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and Italy, P. Spencer, S.V. di Palma -- ‘Hamas, Hamas, all Jews to the Gas.’ The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010, E. Gans -- Perceptions of the Holocaust among young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London, G. Jikeli -- History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Program with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel, M. Eckmann -- Speach Acts. Observing Antisemitism and Holocaust Education in the Netherlandsm R. Ensel, A. Stremmelaar -- Challenges and Opportunities of Educational Concepts concerning National Socialist Crimes in German Immigration Society, M. Can, K. Georg and R. Hatlapa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789400759770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 290 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The work situation of the academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Europe ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book presents the analysis of the representative survey about the academic profession in twelve European countries. Higher education in Europe has experienced a substantial change in recent years: Expansion progresses further, the expectation to deliver useful contributions of knowledge to the “knowledge society” is on the rise, and efforts to steer academic work through external forces and strong international management are more widespread than ever. Representative surveys of the academic profession in twelve European countries show how professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education view the role of higher education in society and their professional situation and how they actually shape their professional tasks. Academics differ across Europe substantially in their employment and working conditions, their views and their activities. Most of them favour the preservation of a close link between teaching and research and feel responsible for both theory and practice. Most consider efforts to enhance academic quality and social relevance as compatible. The overall satisfaction with their professional situation is rather high
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries; Contents; Biographies; Editors; Contributors; Chapter 1: The Academic Profession in 12 European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; 1.1 The Concept and the Thematic Areas of the Study; 1.1.1 The Setting and the State of the Knowledge; 1.1.2 The Predecessor and Partner Surveys; 1.1.3 The European Study; 1.2 The Methods Employed; 1.2.1 Sampling Design and Number of Respondents; 1.2.2 Number of Respondents Envisaged; 1.2.3 Data Collection; 1.2.4 Data Checks, Coding and Merging
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Current VolumeReferences; Chapter 2: Academic Career Paths; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.1 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.2 Age at the Award of Doctoral and Postdoctoral Degrees; 2.2.3 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Awards Abroad; 2.2.4 Activities During the Course of Doctoral Training; 2.3 Past Career Steps and Experiences; 2.3.1 Time Span from Graduation to Full-Time Employment in Higher Education; 2.3.2 Past Part-Time Employment; 2.3.3 Age at the Beginning of Full-Time Employment; 2.3.4 Inter-institutional Mobility
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.5 Continuity and Change of Discipline12.4 Current Employment Conditions; 2.4.1 Share of Academics in Senior and Junior Positions; 2.4.2 Duration of Current Employment Contract; 2.4.3 Full-Time and Part-Time Employment; 2.5 Current Remuneration; 2.5.1 Salary; 2.5.2 Additional Employment and Remunerated Work; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Assessment of Facilities and Resources; 3.3 Workload and Allocation of Work Time; 3.4 Job Satisfaction; 3.5 Links Between Income and Job Satisfaction; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Gender Differences and Inequalities in Academia: Findings in Europe; 4.1 Introduction: The Place of Women in Academic Markets; 4.2 Gender Distribution; 4.2.1 Women in the Higher Education Systems; 4.2.2 A Question of Status: Academics in the University Sector; 4.2.3 Universities and Other Higher Education Institutions; 4.2.4 A Question of Discipline; 4.3 Contractual Employment Conditions: Full-Time Employment; 4.3.2 Weight of Gender for Full-Time Employment; 4.3.3 Dimensions Influencing Gender Differences; 4.3.4 Professional Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Contractual Employment Conditions: Permanent Employment4.4.1 Fewer Women Permanently Employed; 4.4.2 Impact of Being a Woman; 4.4.3 Weight of Gender for Permanent Employment; 4.4.4 Individual Variables; 4.4.5 Professional Variables; 4.5 Gender in Teaching and Research; 4.5.1 Preference for Research and Teaching; 4.5.2 Distribution of Work Time; 4.6 Gender and Power; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Weekly Work Hours; 5.3 Distribution of Time on Various Academic Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Teaching Time When Classes Are in Session
    Description / Table of Contents: Editors’ and authors’ biographies -- 1. The Academic Profession in Twelve European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; Ulrich Teichler and Ester Ava Höhle -- 2. Academic Career Paths; Gülay Ates and Angelika Brechelmacher -- 3. Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; Marek Kwiek and Dominik Antonowicz -- 4. Gender in Academia between Differences and Inequalities: Findings in Europe; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 5. The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 6. The Research Function of the Academic Profession in Europe; Jonathan Drennan, Marie Clarke, Abbey Hyde and Yurgos Politis -- 7. The Academic Profession and the Role of the Service Function; Bojana Ćulum, Nena Rončević and Jasminka Ledić -- 8. Movers and Shakers: Academics as Stakeholders - Do They Control Their Own Work?; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 9. From Academic Self Governance to Executive University Management - Institutional Governance in the View of Academics in Europe; Elke Park -- 10. New University Governance: How the Academic Profession Perceives the Evaluation of Research and Teaching; David Campbell -- 11. The Internationalisation of Academic Markets, Careers and Profession; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 12. The European Academic Profession or Academic Professions in Europe?; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- Appendix: Contextual information about the countries.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752610
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 192 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Aquinas, education and the East
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy, modern ; Education Philosophy ; Thomas, ; Aquinas, Saint, 1225?-1274 ; Education ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Asian ; Civilization, Oriental ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Erziehung ; Thomas von Aquin, Heiliger 1225-1274 ; Östliche Philosophie
    Abstract: A confluence of scholarly interest has resulted in a revival of Thomistic scholarship across the world. Several areas in the investigation of St. Thomas Aquinas, however, remain under-explored. This volume contributes to two of these neglected areas. First, the volume evaluates the contemporary relevance of St. Thomas's views for the philosophy and practice of education. The second area explored involves the intersections of the Angelic Doctor’s thought and the numerous cultures and intellectual traditions of the East. Contributors to this section examine the reception, creative appropriation, and various points of convergence between St. Thomas and the East
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquinas, Education and the East; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Aquinas and Education: Understanding and Extending Aquinas; Aquinas and His Understanding of Teaching and Learning; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching and Learning; 3 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Connaturality and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Philosophical Anthropology and Its Ontological Background in Aquinas; 3 Virtues and Connatural Knowledge; 4 Applications to Contemporary Education; End Notes; References; Aquinas and the Second Person in the Formation of Virtues
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Mystery of Aquinas' Virtue Ethics2 The Gifts and the Second Person; 3 The Fruits and Interpersonal Resonance; 4 Implications of the Second Person for Virtue Formation; End Notes; References; Aquinas on Shame: A Contemporary Interchange; 1 Contexts, Aims and Methodologies; 2 Meaning and Role of Shame; 3 Aquinas: Subversive About Shame?; 4 Final Observations; End Notes; References; Part II: Aquinas and the East: Comparative Approaches; Can Morality Be Taught? Aquinas and Mencius on Moral Education; 1 Aquinas on Education; 2 Aquinas and Mencius on Education: A Comparative Reading
    Description / Table of Contents: End NotesReferences; Exemplars for the Moral Education of Beginners in the Religious Life: Aquinas and Dōgen; End Notes; References; The Simplicity of the Ultimate: East and West; 1 Introduction; 2 The Fascination of Simplicity; 3 Religious Resistance to Simplicity; 4 Bringing Nirvāna Down to Earth; 5 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Aquinas and Locke on Empiricism, Epistemology, and Education; 1 Introduction; 2 Aquinas on Scientia and the Teacher; 3 Locke on Knowledge and Education; 4 Conclusion; End Notes; References; Part III: Education and the East: Reflections on Educational Policy
    Description / Table of Contents: Reorganising Schools as Social Enterprises: Play Schools and Gifted Education1 Introduction; 2 Play Schools; 3 Gifted Education; 4 Memoria Christi: Final Thoughts; End Notes; References; Education for All and International Cooperation for Education Development: Ongoing Implications for National Policy in the Philippines; 1 Preamble; 2 Regional Cooperation: A Philippine Perspective; 3 Education Reform Programs 1990 - Present Day; 4 Current Situation; 5 Implications for Policy; References; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745636
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 379 p. 46 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science education for diversity
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Pädagogische Soziologie
    Abstract: Reflecting the very latest theory on diversity issues in science education, including new dialogic approaches, this volume explores the subject from a range of perspectives and draws on studies from around the world. The work discusses fundamental topics such as how we conceptualize diversity as well as examining the ways in which heterogeneous cultural constructs influence the teaching and learning of science in a range of contexts. Including numerous strategies ready for adoption by interested teachers, the book addresses the varied cultural factors that influence engagement with science education. It seeks answers to the question of why increasing numbers of students fail to connect with science education in schools and looks at the more subtle impact that students’ individually constructed identities have on the teaching and learning of science. Recognizing the diversity of its audience, the book covers differing levels and science subjects, and examines material from a range of viewpoints that include pedagogy, curricula, teacher education, learning, gender, religion, and ICT, as well as those of in-service and trainee teachers at all levels
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Why Science Education for Diversity?; Introduction; What Do We Mean by Diversity?; Social and Historical Context; Cultural Diversity and Science Education; Sociocultural and Dialogic Perspectives; Tensions and Dilemmas; Argument and Structure of This Book; References; Part I: Science Education Reform for Diversity; Dialogic Science Education for Diversity; Introduction: The Science Education for Diversity Project; What Is Science?; Monologic, Dialogic and Diversity; How Do We Conceptualise Diversity?; Developing a Framework for Science Education for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: How Do We Make Science Education More Relevant?Will Inquiry-Based Science Education (IBSE) Help?; Explicitly Dialogic Pedagogy; Connecting to Real Science; Mastery Learning Combined with Dialogic Science Pedagogy; Teaching the Nature of Science; Teaching Thinking in Science and Through Science; The Role of ICT; The Need for Guided Collaborative Critical Reflection on Action; Summary and Conclusion; References; Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Reconceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society
    Description / Table of Contents: The "Two Cultures" and the Need for a Broader Notion of Scientific LiteracyScientific Literacy Reconceptualized; Science Engagement Curriculum Policy Images; Science and the Public: An Online Graduate Program; The Inconvenient Truth: A Documentary on Global Warming; Oceanside Community Science Project (Roth and Lee 2004; Roth and Calabrese 2004); Conclusions; References; Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Activity and Actions; Subjectification; Personality; On the Way to Become a Doctor
    Description / Table of Contents: Early Activities and RelationsHigh School Science; Science Internship; College Science; Resident Care Assistant; Coda; References; Reflexivity and Diversity in Science Education Research in Europe: Towards Cultural Perspectives; Introduction; Cultural Studies and Issues of Diversity in Science Education; The State of the Art of Cultural Studies of Science Education in Europe; Reflexivity: Theoretical Barriers and Horizons; Towards Cultural Studies as a Unifying Research Paradigm; References; Part II: From Learning to Pedagogy; Science Education for Diversity and Informal Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of Informal Environments for Learning ScienceKey Features of Science Learning in Informal Environments; Activation of Prior Knowledge; Acknowledging and Valuing Multiple Perspectives; Sociocultural Frameworks for Informal Science Learning; Sociocultural Approach with Individual Science Learning Goals: Social Constructivism; Sociocultural Approach with Community Learning Goals: Collective Praxis; The Practice of Informal Science Education for Diversity; Examples of the Impact of Exhibit Design on Collaborative Talk; Involving Diverse Groups in Development of Programs and Exhibits
    Description / Table of Contents: Step 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Why science education for diversity? Nasser Mansour and Rupert Wegerif -- Part 1. Science education reform for diversity -- Chapter 1: Dialogic Science Education for Diversity, Rupert Wegerif, Keith Postlethwaite, Nigel Skinner, Nasser Mansour, Alun Morgan, Lindsay Hetherington -- Chapter2: Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Re-conceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society, Xiufeng Liu -- Chapter3: Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective, Wolff-Michael Roth, University of Victoria -- Chapter 4: Reflexivity and diversity in research on science education: A European account, Michiel van Eijck -- Part 2, from learning to pedagogy -- Chapter 5: Science education for diversity and informal learning, Loran E. Parker and Gerald H. Krockover -- Chapter 6: Diverse, disengaged and reactive: A teacher’s adaptation of ethical dilemma story pedagogy as a strategy to re-engage learners in education for sustainability,  Elisabeth Taylor, Peter Charles Taylor and MeiLing Chow -- Chapter 7: Tracing science in the early childhood classroom: the historicity of multi-resourced discourse practices in multilingual interaction, Charles Max, Gudrun Ziegler and Martin Kracheel -- Chapter 8: Conceptual frameworks, metaphysical commitments and worldviews: the challenge of reflecting the relationships between science and religion in science education, Keith S. Taber -- Chapter 9: Science Curriculum Reform on “Scientific Literacy for All” across National Contexts: Case Studies of Curricula from England and Hong Kong, Sibel Erduran and Siu Ling Wong -- Part 3 science teacher Education and diversity -- Chapter 10: Science teachers' cultural beliefs and diversities: A sociocultural perspective to science education, Nasser Mansour -- Chapter 11: Envisioning Science Teacher Preparation for Diversity in 21st Century Classrooms: Some Tensions, Norm Thomson, Deborah J. Tippins -- Chapter12: Expanded agency in multilingual science teacher training classrooms, Silvia Lizette Ramos De Robles & Mariona Espinet -- Part 4  Cultural issues in science Education -- Chapter 13: Re-conceptualizing a lifelong science education system that supports diversity: The role of free-choice learning, Lynn D. Dierking -- Chapter 14: Ignoring half the Sky: A feminist critique of science education’s knowledge society, Kathryn Scantlebury, Anita Hussénius, Kristina Andersson and Annica Gullberg -- Chapter 15: Religion in Science Education, Michael J. Reiss -- Chapter 16: Students’ perceptions of apparent contradictions between science and religion: Creation is only the beginning, Berry Billingsley -- Chapter 17: Gender and science in the Arab states: Current status and future prospects, Saouma BouJaoude & Ghada Gholam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9789400747258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 169 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Berufsbildung ; Evaluation
    Abstract: The transferability of vocational education and training qualifications across international borders is a live issue in this heterogeneous field. Key to this goal is defining a common methodology for measuring vocational competences. This publication sets out a proposal for just that, based on the results of a pilot project known as COMET on competence diagnostics in the field of electrical engineering. The study deploys longitudinal analysis to explore issues of competence development, the development of vocational identity, and occupational commitment. It focuses on two discrete occupational profiles in electrical engineering in an ambitious test of a model currently applied to other professions as well. The models success in its first phase is detailed in the second part of the volume, where the authors show that the transfer of the competence framework into an empirical model was successful. They also demonstrate that the methodology can be applied to designing and evaluating vocational education and training processes, making the material relevant to VET teachers and trainers as well as academics. With its first section comprising a full description of the theoretical framework, this book is a significant step forward in an urgent task facing administrations, labor forces and employers around the world. The achievement is in proportion to the notorious complexities of a field whose diversity makes tough demands on large-scale methods of assessment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Competence Development and Assessment in TVET (COMET); Foreword by Book Series Editor; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Competence Diagnostics in Vocational Education - What For?; References; Chapter 1: Measuring Professional Competence; 1.1 Vocational Education and Training: A Challenge for Competence Diagnostics; 1.2 Examination and Competence Assessment: Two Distinct and Complementing Types of Evaluating Professional Competence Development; 1.3 Professional Competence: A Conceptual Clarification; 1.4 Professional Creativity as a Topic of Competence Diagnostics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Potentials and Limits of Competence Measurement1.5.1 Implicit (Tacit) Professional Knowledge; 1.5.2 Professional Action Competence (Professional Aptitude); 1.5.3 The "Increment of Learning"; 1.5.4 Manual Skill; 1.5.5 Social Competences; 1.5.6 Skills That Are Expressed in the Interactive Course of Work; References; Chapter 2: Foundations of a Competence Model; 2.1 Professional Knowledge; 2.2 The Training Objective: Professional Aptitude, Acting Competence, and Shaping Competence; 2.3 Professional Competence Development; 2.4 Professional Identity and Occupational Commitment; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The COMET Competence Model: Foundations for the Study of Professional Competence and Identity3.1 Competence Models; 3.2 Conceptual Clarifications; 3.3 The COMET Competence Model; 3.3.1 The Levels of Professional Competence (Requirement Dimension); 3.3.2 The Content Dimension; 3.3.3 The Criteria of Holistic Problem Solving as Competence Criteria; 3.3.4 The Action Dimension; 3.4 Measuring Commitment, Professional Identity, and Context Data; References; Chapter 4: Test Development and Design of the Study; 4.1 Development and Selection of the Test Tasks; 4.1.1 Development of Test Tasks
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2 Pretest4.1.3 Selection of Test Tasks for the Main Survey; 4.2 Development of the Questionnaire for the Context Data; 4.2.1 Personal Characteristics; 4.2.2 Characteristics of In-Company Training; 4.2.3 Characteristics of the Vocational Schools; 4.3 Development of the Commitment Scale; 4.4 Development of the Assessment Sheet and Operationalization of the Assessment Criteria; 4.5 Design of the Large-Scale Survey; References; Chapter 5: Test Instruments and Implementation of the COMET Study; 5.1 Instruments at the First Test Date; 5.1.1 Open Test Tasks; 5.1.2 The Context Questionnaire
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Extension of the Test Methodology for the Second Test Date5.2.1 Application of a Non-verbal Test for the Assessment of Basic Cognitive Abilities; 5.2.2 Measuring Test Motivation: Survey of Trainees and Test Supervisors; 5.2.3 Rater Survey on the Weighting of Competence Criteria; 5.3 Participants of the Test Dates; 5.3.1 First Test Date (2008); 5.3.2 Second Test Date (2009) and Extension of the Study by Additional Test Dates; 5.4 The Training Enterprise as an Alternative Test Location; 5.5 Analysis of the Test Results; Reference; Chapter 6: Results 2008: The Survey Population
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Selection of the Sample and Survey of the Context Data
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751071 , 1283698145 , 9781283698146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 232 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tchibozo, Guy Cultural and social diversity and the transition from education to work
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor economics ; Education ; Education ; Labor economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schule ; Berufsbildung ; Übergang
    Abstract: This edited volume provides multidisciplinary and international insights into the policy, managerial and educational aspects of diverse students transitions from education to employment. As employers require increasing global competence on the part of those leaving education, this research asks whether increasing multiculturalism in developed societies, often seen as a challenge to their cohesion, is in fact a potential advantage in an evolving employment sector. This is a vital and under-researched field, and this new publication in Springers Technical and Vocational Education and Training series provides analysis both of theory and empirical data, submitted by researchers from nine nations including the USA, Oman, Malaysia, and countries in the European Union. The papers trace the origins of business demand for diversity in their workforces skill set, including national, local and institutional contexts. They also consider how social, demographic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity inform the attitudes of those seeking workand those seeking workers. With clear suggestions for future research, this work on a topic of rising profile will be read with interest by educators, policy makers, employers and careers advisors.
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural and Social Diversity and the Transition from Education to Work; Preface; Springer: Technical and Vocational Education and Training Series; Contents; About the Contributors; About the Editor; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Leveraging Diversity to Promote Successful Transition from Education to Work; 1 Problem Statement; 2 Theoretical Approach and Research Procedure; 3 Concepts; 3.1 Concept of School-to-Work Transition System; 3.1.1 School-to-Work Transition Process; 3.1.2 School-to-Work Transition System; 3.2 Concept of Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 3.2.1 Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Reasons for the Demand for Diversity3.2.3 Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 4 How Can the School-to-Work Transition System Address the Demand for Diversity?; 4.1 Role of the Education Subsystem; 4.2 Role of the Employment Subsystem; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; Chapter 2: Cultural and Social Diversity in the United States: A Compelling National Interest; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; 1.1.1 Cultural Competency; 1.1.2 Representative Bureaucracy; 2 Confrontations Over Educational Access; 3 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Future ResearchReferences; Chapter 3: Perceptions of the Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace and Its Availability Among Secondary School Students; 1 Cultural Diversity in the Workplace; 2 Role of Education in Shaping Cultural Diversity Orientations and Skills; 3 Cultural Diversity in Oman; 4 Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace; 5 Theoretical Framework; 6 Importance of the Study; 7 Research Questions; 8 Study Instrument; 8.1 Awareness of Local and Global Factors; 8.2 Awareness of Cultural Types; 8.3 Attributes; 8.4 Skills/Competencies; 9 Study Samples
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Data Analysis11 Attributes and Skills; 12 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Cultural Diversity and the School-To-Work Transition: A Relational Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Concept of Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Background to Cultural Diversity in Europe; 2.2 Workforce Diversity; 3 Approaches to Managing Diversity; 4 The European Tourism Sector; 4.1 Human Resources in Tourism; 5 Workplace Diversity in European Tourism; 6 Theoretical Framework; 6.1 Capital; 6.2 Habitus; 6.3 Field; 7 Methods; 7.1 Limitations; 8 Findings and Discussion; 8.1 The Macro Socio-Economic Context
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Student Reflections8.3 Human Capital/Cultural Capital; 8.4 International Experience; 8.5 Physical/Cultural Characteristics; 9 Survey of Jobseekers; 10 Survey of Employers; 11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Workforce Diversity in Malaysia: Current and Future Demand of Persons with Disabilities; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Demand of PWDs as Workforce; 1.2 Challenges and Strategies in Employing PWDs; 1.3 Future Trends; 2 Research Objectives; 2.1 To Compare the Profiles of Organizations That Hired and Did Not Hire PWDs as Workforce
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 To Examine Organizations' Views About Demands on PWDs as Workforce
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750388
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 184 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Educational research: the attraction of psychology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology ; Psychologie ; Empirische Forschung
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology's hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology’s hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour. For example, educational psychology continues to hold a central position in the curricula of trainee teachers in the US, while the language of developmental psychology holds primal sway over our understanding of childrearing and the parent-child relationship. Questioning the default position of modern psychology as a way of conceptualizing human relations, this collection of papers reexamines key assumptions that include psychology’s self-image as a ‘scientific’ discipline. Authors also argue that the dogma of neuropsychology in education has demoted concepts such as ‘emotion’, ‘feeling’ and ‘relationship’, so that they are now ’blind spots’ in educational theory. Other chapters offer a cautionary analysis of how misshapen notions of psychology can legitimize eugenics (as in Nazi Germany) and poison racial attitudes. Above all, has psychology, with its focus on individual merit, been complicit in hiding the impacts of power and privilege in education? This bracing new volume adopts a broader definition of education and childrearing that admits the essential contribution of the humanities to the proper study of mankind.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Educational Research:The Attraction of Psychology; Copyright Page; Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Making Sense of the Attraction of Psychology: On the Strengths and Weaknesses for Education and Educational Research; References; Chapter 2: Struggling with the Historical Attractiveness of Psychology for Educational Research Illustrated by the Case of Nazi Germany; 2.1 Far Too Easy Hypotheses?; 2.2 Far Too Easy Phrasing of the Questions?; 2.3 Far Too Super fi cial Conclusions?; 2.4 Far Too Broad Generalisations: The Case of Educational Psychology in Nazi Germany
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Discursive Surface Layer of National Socialism2.4.2 "Uniform Fascist Rule Dissolved into a Chaos of Rival Responsibilities?" (Geuter, 1992 , p. 18); 2.5 The Continuing Need for Biographical Research; 2.6 Some Concluding Remarks; Sources; References; Chapter 3: On the Fatal Attractiveness of Psychology: Racism of Intelligence in Education; 3.1 The Problem: Intelligence and Social Status; 3.2 Education in a Nation of Morons; 3.3 Intelligence Testing in the Court; 3.4 On the Neutrality of Academic Psychology; 3.5 The Pseudo Neutrality of Testing Situations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Towards the Racism of Intelligence3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Psychology in Teacher Education: Ef fi cacy, Professionalization, Management, and Habit; 4.1 Ef fi cacy; 4.2 Professionalization; 4.2.1 Learning Sciences; 4.2.2 Political Trends; 4.3 Policy and Management; 4.4 Habit; 4.5 Wrapping Up: Implications for Research in Teacher Education; References; Chapter 5: The Fatal Attraction of the Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Relation to Child-Rearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions5.4 Parenting in an Age of Anxiety; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Mirror Neuron, Mirror Neuron in the Brain, Who's the Cleverest in Your Reign? From the Attraction of Psychology to the Discovery of the Social; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 How the Philosophy of Science Embraced the Social (and Also the Psychological); 6.1.2 How the Philosophy of Mathematics Is Reluctant to Embrace Anything; 6.1.3 Education: How to Vygotsky and Piaget?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Special and Curious Case of Mathematics Education6.2.1 How Psychology Became Attractive for the Study of the Learning of Mathematics; 6.2.2 Beyond the Psychological; 6.3 Conclusion: Mirror Neurons at Last; References; Chapter 7: The Vocabulary of Acts: Neuroscience, Phenomenology, and the Mirror Neuron; 7.1 Rizzolatti and the Mirror Neuron; 7.2 Depsychologising Psychology: The Architecture of Research and Understanding; 7.3 Samuel Todes and the Umbilical Cord of Bodily Movement; 7.4 Objects and Things, Habitats, and Worlds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: The Attraction of Neuropsychological Findings in Contemporary Educational Thinking, or Feeling, Emotion and Relationship as Blind Spots in Educational Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Making sense of the attraction of psychology: On the strengths and weaknesses for education and educational research -- 2. Struggling with the historical attractiveness of psychology for educational research illustrated by the case of Nazi-Germany -- 3. On the fatal attractiveness of psychology: Racism of intelligence in education -- 4. Psychology in teacher education: Efficacy, professionalization, management, and habit -- 5. The fatal attraction of the language of developmental psychology in child rearing -- 6. Mirror neuron, mirror neuron in the brain, who’s the cleverest in your reign? From the attraction of psychology to the discovery of the social -- 7. The vocabulary of acts: Neuroscience, phenomenology, and the mirror-neuron -- 8. The attraction of neuropsychological findings in contemporary educational thinking, or: Feeling, emotion and relationship as blind spots in educational theory -- 9. In defence of the humanities against the exaggerated pretensions of ‘scientific’ psychology -- 10. The theology of education to come -- 11. Learning is not education -- 12. Attention, commitment and imagination in educational research. Open the universe a little more! -- About the Authors -- Author Index -- Subject index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400754348 , 1283910152 , 9781283910156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 267 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Job satisfaction around the academic world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Job satisfaction ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit
    Abstract: Higher education systems have changed all over the world, but not all have changed in the same ways. Although system growth and so-called massification have been worldwide themes, there have been system-specific changes as well. It is these changes that have an important impact on academic work and on the opinions of the staff that work in higher education. The academic profession has a key role to play in producing the next generations of knowledge workers, and this task will be more readily achieved by a contented academic workforce working within well-resourced teaching and research institutions. This volume tells the story of academics’ opinions about the changes in their own countries. The Changing Academic Profession (CAP) survey has provided researchers and policy makers with the capacity to compare the academic profession around the world. Built around national analyses of the survey this book examines academics’ opinions on a range of issues to do with their job satisfaction. Following an introduction that considers the job satisfaction literature as it relates to higher education, country-based chapters examine aspects of job satisfaction within each country.
    Description / Table of Contents: Job Satisfaction around the Academic World; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; References; Chapter 2: Academic Work at the Periphery: Why Argentine Scholars Are Satis fi ed, Despite All; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Theoretical Framework; 2.3 The Academic Profession in Argentina; 2.4 About the Sample and How Satisfaction Was Measured; 2.5 Argentina's Academic Job Satisfaction at a Glance; 2.6 Going Deeper: Differences Between Academics; 2.7 So, Are They Satisfied?; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.3 Data; 3.4 Methodology; 3.4.1 Dependent Variable; 3.4.2 Independent Variables; 3.5 Results; 3.5.1 Mean Satisfaction; 3.5.2 Results for Environmental Conditions; 3.5.3 Results for Motivators and Hygienes; 3.5.4 Results for Demographics; 3.5.5 Results for Triggers; 3.6 Discussion; References; Chapter 4: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment: The Brazilian Experience; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Brazilian Higher Education: Sources of Institutional Diversity4.3 Differences in Conditions of Work, Commitments and Internal Governance; 4.4 Job Satisfaction in Diverse Institutional Environments; 4.5 Different Institutions, Different Sources of Satisfaction; 4.5.1 Sources of Contentment for Academics from the Public Research Universities; 4.5.2 Sources of Contentment Among Academics from Public Regional Universities; 4.5.3 Job Satisfaction Among Academics from Private Elite Institutions; 4.5.4 Job Satisfaction Inside the Private Mass-Oriented Institutions; 4.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Canadian University Academics' Perceptions of Job Satisfaction: "…The Future Is Not What It Used to Be"5.1 Canadian Universities and the Context of Academic Work; 5.2 The Canadian CAP Survey; 5.3 Findings; 5.3.1 Overall Satisfaction with the Academic Profession; 5.3.2 Satisfaction with Institutional Infrastructure and Support; 5.3.3 Management, Leadership, and Institutional Culture; 5.4 Analysis of Demographic Variables; 5.4.1 Gender; 5.4.2 Remuneration; 5.4.3 Research Funding; 5.4.4 Rank; 5.4.5 Discipline; 5.4.6 Institutional Type; 5.5 Discussion; 5.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems6.1 Background: Satisfaction? For a Good Time Call…; 6.2 History Ancient and Modern: The Old and the Not So Old; 6.3 The Changing Academic Profession: Some Demographic Considerations; 6.3.1 The CAP Survey and the Structure of Finnish Higher Education; 6.3.2 A Brief Demographic Analysis; 6.3.3 Teaching and Research: Preference and Time; 6.4 Job Satisfaction: The Physical Environment; 6.5 Job Satisfaction: Governance-Related Factors; 6.6 Job Satisfaction: Overall: I CAN Get Satisfaction!
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 I'm Satis fi ed! Some Discussion and Conclusions About Finnish University and Polytechnic Academics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 2. Argentina: Academic Work at the Periphery - Why Argentine Scholars Are Satisfied, Despite All; Mónica Marquina and Gabriel Rebello -- 3. Australia: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 4. Brazil: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment; Elizabeth Balbachevsky and Simon Schwartzman -- 5. Canada: Canadian University Academics’ Perceptions of Job Satisfaction - “the future is not what is used to be”; Julian Weinrib, Glen A. Jones, Amy Scott Metcalfe, Donald Fisher, Yves Gingras, Kjell Rubenson and Iain Snee -- 6. Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 7. Germany: Determinants of Academic Job Satisfaction; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 8. Japan: Factors Determining Academics’ Job Satisfaction From the Perspective of Role Diversification; Akira Arimoto and Tukasa Daizen -- 9. Malaysia: An Academic Career in Malaysia - A Wonderful Life, or Satisfaction Not Guaranteed?; Norzaini Azman, Morshidi Sirat and Mohd Ali Samsudin -- 10. Portugal: Dimensions of Academic Job Satisfaction; Diana Dias, Maria de Lourdes Machado-Taylor, Rui Santiago, Teresa Carvalho and Sofia Sousa -- 11. South Africa: Job Satisfaction for a Besieged Profession; Charl Wolhuter -- 12. United Kingdom: Satisfaction in Stages - the Academic Profession in the United Kingdom and British Commonwealth; William Locke and Alice Bennion -- 13. Conclusion: Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across 12 Countries; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400762473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Educational research: the importance and effects of institutional spaces
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Forschung
    Abstract: This collection of fresh analyses aims to map the links between educational theory and research, and the geographical and physical spaces in which teaching is practiced and discussed. The authors combine historical and philosophical perspectives in examining the differing institutional loci of education research, and also assess the potential and the limitations of each. The contributors trace the effects of ‘space’ on educational practice in the classroom, in the broader institutions, and in the academic discipline of education-doing so for a range of international contexts. The chapters address various topics relating to the physical and geographical environment. How, for example, does geographical space shape researchers’ mental frameworks? How did the learning environments in which young children are taught today evolve? To what extent did parochialism shape America’s higher education system? How can our understanding of classroom practice be enhanced by concepts of space? The book acknowledges that texts themselves, as well as the research ‘arena’, are ‘spaces’ too, and notes the fascinating debate on the concept of space in the field of mathematics education. Indeed, as more and more students move online, the book analyses the rising importance of virtual spaces such as Web 2.0, which have major educational implications for researchers and students joining the innovative ‘virtual’ universities of the future.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Exploring a Multitude of Spaces in Education and Educational Research; Notes; References; Chapter 2: American Democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional Spaces of 'Failure' and 'Success', Present and Past; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Institutional Failure; 2.3 Introducing Lasswell; 2.4 Democratic Character; 2.5 Innovation; 2.6 Assessment; 2.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 3: The Power of the Parochial in Shaping the American System of Higher Education; 3.1 Rapid Expansion and Dispersion of US Colleges in the Nineteenth Century
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Sources of Strength in a Humble Collection of Colleges3.3 Building New Capacity and Complexity into the System; 3.3.1 State Universities; 3.3.2 Land-Grant Colleges; 3.3.3 Normal Schools; 3.4 The System's Strengths in 1880; 3.4.1 Capacity in Place; 3.4.2 A Hardy Band of Survivors; 3.4.3 Consumer Sensitivity; 3.4.4 Adaptable Enterprises; 3.4.5 A Populist Role; 3.4.6 A Practical Role; 3.5 The Pieces Come Together with the Emergence of the Research University; 3.5.1 A Research Role; 3.5.2 Merging the Populist, the Practical, and the Elite in the American System; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy: The 1922 Mission of Ovide Decroly and R...4.1 Aspects of 'Macro'-space: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy; 4.2 Aspects of 'Micro'-space: Travel Notes as the Basis for Writing Biographies About Educational Researchers; References; Archives; Literature; Chapter 5: The Emergence of Institutional Educational Spaces for Young Children: In Pursuit of More Controllability of Education and Developmentas Part of the Long-Term Growthof Educational Space in History; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Educational Space, Educational Ambitions and Education and Childhood in History5.3 Supervision, Controllability and the Optimal Development of the Young; 5.4 The Development of New Educational Spaces for the Education of Young Children; 5.4.1 A Shift in Educational Theories; 5.4.2 Shift in Educational Policy; 5.4.3 Shift in Educational Practices in a New Institutional Space for Young Children; 5.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 6: A Different Training, a Different Practice: Infant Care in Belgium in the Interwar Years in the City and in the Countryside
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Introduction: The Development of Infant Care as an Educational Space6.2 The Training of Nurses as an Institutional Space of Educational Research; 6.3 Nursing as a Vocation: The Social Nurse Offering Social Education in the Countryside; 6.4 Nursing as a Profession: The Visiting Nurse Offering Medical Care in the City; 6.5 Conclusion: A Different Training, a Different Practice; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Disability, Rehabilitation and the Great War: Making Space for Silence in the History of Education; 7.1 Spaces, Silence and Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Retracing Silence in the History of Rehabilitation, 1914-1918
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Exploring a multitude of spaces in education and educational research -- 2. American democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional spaces of ‘failure’ and ‘success’, present and past -- 3. The power of the parochial in shaping the American system of Higher Education -- 4. Crossing the Atlantic to gain knowledge in the field of psycho-pedagogy: The 1922 mission of Ovide Decroly and Raymond Buyse to the USA and the travel diary of the latter -- 5. The emergence of institutional educational spaces for young children: In pursuit of more controllability of education and development as part of the long-term growth of educational space in history -- 6. A different training, a different practice. Infant care in Belgium in the interwar years in the city and in the countryside -- 7. Disability, rehabilitation & the Great War: Making space for silence in the History of Education -- 8. Interpretation: The space of text -- 9. Exploring educational research as a multi-layered discursive space -- 10. The spaces of mathematics: Dynamic encounters between local and universal -- 11. The classroom space: A problem or a mystery?- 12. Spaces and places in the virtual university -- 13. Material contexts and creation of meaning in virtual places: Web 2.0 as a space of educational research. 14. From entrepreneurialism to innovation: Research, critique, and the Innovation Union -- 15. About the Authors -- Index. ​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9789400765795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Children's play and development
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Play ; Child development
    Abstract: This book provides new theoretical insights to our understanding of play as a cultural activity. All chapters address play and playful activities from a cultural-historical theoretical approach by re-addressing central claims and concepts in the theory and providing new models and understandings of the phenomenon of play within the framework of cultural historical theory. Empirical studies cover a wide range of institutional settings: preschool, school, home, leisure time, and in various social relations (with peers, professionals and parents) in different parts of the world (Europe, Australia, South America and North America). Common to all chapters is a goal of throwing new light on the phenomenon of playing within a theoretical framework of cultural-historical theory. Play as a cultural, collective, social, personal, pedagogical and contextual activity is addressed with reference to central concepts in relation to development and learning. Concepts and phenomena related to ZPD, the imaginary situation, rules, language play, collective imagining, spheres of realities of play, virtual realities, social identity and pedagogical environments are presented and discussed in order to bring the cultural-historical theoretical approach into play with contemporary historical issues. Essential as a must read to any scholar and student engaged with understanding play in relation to human development, cultural historical theory and early childhood education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Children's Play and Development; What Is Play? Theories on Play; What Is Still Missing?; Cultural-Historical Perspectives on Play as Presented in This Book; The Application of Theory: General Statements About the Use of Well-Established Theories; Application of the Cultural-Historical Perspective on Theory as Presented in This Book; 1. Anti-reductionism; 2. The Historical Approach; 3. The Dialectics of Externalization and Internalization; Values; Presentation of Chapters; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Structure of Fantasy Play and Its Implications for Good and Evil GamesIntroduction; Play and Research in Play: Mainstream and Countertrends; Evil Play; The Dynamic Structure of Social Fantasy Play; A Model of the Structure and Components of Play; The Structure of Structure: The Spheres of Reality of Play; The Components of Absorption: The Components of the Sphere of Imagination; Implications; Conclusion: The Structure of Play and Some of Its Implications; References; Chapter 3: Playing with Social Identities: Play in the Everyday Life of a Peer Group in Day Care; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Symbolic Group PlayTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Symbolic Group Play; Pretence: Symbolic and Subjunctive Modalities of Thought; Play Dominated by As-If and What-If Actions; Material and Symbolic Tools of Play; Communicating About Reality and Pretence in the Play Group; Spheres of Reality; Aspects of the Institutional Tradition of Danish Day Care; Empirical Study; Method; Analysis of Play Example; Discussion; Identifying with Roles and Positions; Central and Peripheral Positions; The Director's Position; Building Relationships Through Playing; Symbolic and Factual Identity in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Playing Games with RulesTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Games with Rules; Rules as Sociocultural Practice; Rules for Rules; Background Information; The Star Players; The Ordinary Players; The Other Players; Example; The Local Soccer Rules; Discussion; Negotiating and Creating Social Identities Through Soccer Playing; The Generic Social Hierarchy as Open System; Rules as Social Structures and Logics; Imagining Soccer; Subjunctive Thinking in Playing; Social Identification Process and Subjunctive Thinking in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Summing Up: Resemblances Between Symbolic Group Playing and Playing SoccerPlaying with Social Identities: Questing Recognition; References; Chapter 4: Pedagogical Perspectives on Play; Introduction; The Play-and-Learning Debate; The Logic of Social Fantasy Play; Characteristics of Fantasy Play; Creativity; Narrativity; Orientation and Flexibility; Meaningfulness; Reciprocity and Cooperation; Play as Source of Pedagogical Inspiration; Integration and Complexity in Pedagogical Praxis; From Children's "Traces" to Pedagogical Activities; The Witch Flying in a Spaceship
    Description / Table of Contents: Integration as Narrative Connections
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750197 , 1283634309 , 9781283634304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 209 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschulorganisation ; Frau
    Abstract: Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we dont really understand how. This book is based upon an empirical study that linked higher education leadership to one aspect of midlife known as generativity. This psychosocial phenomenon was described by Erik Erikson as a desire that peaks in midlife to leave something for future generations before one dies. Generativity typically manifests itself in the legacy one intends to leave. The author of this book has completed a multiple case study of women who are in later midlife and who hold high-level leadership positions at an institution of higher learning. In this work, she shares more than has ever been known about the nature, antecedents, and support of generativity in the leadership of female higher education leaders in midlife.
    Description / Table of Contents: Lasting Female Educational Leadership; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Leadership Legacies: Immortal Higher Education Leadership; Need and Background; A Statement of the Research Problem and Questions; Why Study Women in Leadership?; Purpose of the Study; Audience of the Study; Definition of Terms; Midlife; Higher Education Leader; Generativity; Generative Motivation; Generative Realization; Generative Chill; Generative Ethics; Communal Modes of Generativity; Agentic Modes of Generativity; Leadership; Developmental Antecedents of Generativity Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education Leadership LegacyPositive Role Model; Negative Role Model; Mentor; Leadership Coach; Summary; Exercise: In fl uential Legacies; Chapter 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife; Erik Erikson's Theory of Generativity; Practical Questions of My Research Study; Why is Leadership so Dif fi cult to Study?; Which Leadership Framework is Appropriate for My Research Study?; What Selection Criteria Can I Use to Identify Higher Education Leaders?; Why Study Midlife Leaders Who Work Particularly in Higher Education?; How Does Generativity Manifest Itself Particularly in Women?
    Description / Table of Contents: What Else Did My Literature Review Uncover?Summary; Exercise: Childhood and Early Adulthood Antecedents to Generativity Strivings; Chapter 3: The Case Study; Rationale for Choosing the Naturalistic Paradigm; Rationale for Taking a Qualitative Research Approach; Rationale for Conducting a Case Study; Criteria for Study Participation; Methodology Summary; Exercise: A Higher Education Leadership Legacy Survey; Chapter 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies; Description of Informants; Pseudonyms; Preparation; Insights; Within-Case Data Presentation; Cordelia; Desdemona; Juliet
    Description / Table of Contents: OpheliaPortia; Titania; Cross-Case Data Presentation; Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Leadership Generativity Motivation?; Research Question 3: What Environmental Factors Within a Higher Education Setting Facilitate or Inhibit Leadership Generativity?; Summary; Exercise: How Do Your Experiences Compare with the Study's Research Findings?; Chapter 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders; Purpose of My Study; Responses to Research Questions: A Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?Key Finding 1: The Informants Believed That Being in Midlife Strongly Increased Their Generativity Motivation; Key Finding 2: The Informants Believed That Being a Woman Strongly In fl uenced Their Leadership Generativity; Key Finding 3: The Informants' Leadership Generativity Was In fl uenced by Their Positivity; Key Finding 4: The informants' Daily Activities and Responsibilities at the Local Level Constituted Their Leadership Generativity; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Generativity Motivation?
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Finding 5: The informants' Leadership Generativity Was a Function of Their Having Grown Up in a Particular Time
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789400749726
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 180 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: We live in a world that is transitioning from focus on early childhood education within individual countries into a global perspective that considers how early childhood education is conducted in many diverse cultures and environments. The challenge on a global basis is how to develop programs in countries and environments that are different from a specifically western perspective. Economic, geographic, and cultural influences infuse early childhood programs around the world.In 1999, a group of educators representing 36 countries developed guidelines for establishing minimum standards for preschool programs. A purpose for developing the guidelines was to provide guidance for countries that wished to evaluate and improve their own programs. A second purpose was to help developing countries initiating preschools to have relevant information about quality programs. The later development of an assessment tool based on the Global Guidelines served as a vehicle to use the guidelines to assess a single program or multiple programs. The continuing work with these guidelines in many countries throughout the world since 2000 has resulted in the collection of information that reveals the uniqueness of programs in different countries.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. School environments -- pt. 3. Curriculum content and pedagogy -- pt. 4. Children with special needs -- pt. 5. The early childhood educator -- pt. 6. Family, school, and community partnerships.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Looking at Early Childhood Programs from a Global Perspective -- Part 1: Background -- 2. Cross-Cultural Collaboration Research to Improve Early Childhood Education -- Part 2: School Environments -- 3. From Montessori to Culturally Relevant Schools Under the Trees in Kenya -- 4. Preschool Environments in Rural West Africa -- 5. Kindergarten Environments in Reggio Emilia, Bologna, Modena, and Parma, Italy -- Part 3: Curriculum Content and Pedagogy -- 6. Kindergartens in Russia’s Far East: The Effect of Climate -- 7. Preserving Cultural Heritage in Korea -- Part 4: Children with Special Needs -- 8. International Perspectives on Services for Young Children with Special Needs -- 9. New Visions for Preschool Inclusive Education in Mexico -- 10. Early Childhood Special Education in China: Advocacy and Practice -- Part 5: The Early Childhood Educator -- 11. Administrators, Teachers, and Nineras: Professional Partnerships for Quality in Guatemala -- 12. Early Childhood Teachers in Slovakia -- 13. Teachers of Dual Language Children in China -- Part 6: Family, School and Community Partnerships -- 14. Family and Village Partnerships in Rural Schools in Senegal -- 15. Weaving Relationships between Preschools, Families, and Communities: the Nurturing Connections to the Reggio Emilia Region of Italy -- 16. Conclusion -- Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753860
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 194 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischunterricht ; ECTS ; Englisch ; Europa ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Bologna-Prozess ; ECTS
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks. Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study, Yale College, USA
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks.Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study , Yale College, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: Competency-based LanguageTeaching in Higher Education; Preface: Languages in the European Higher Education Area; Introduction; Multilingualism in Europe; The Issue About "Global English"; English as a Key to Progress in the European Higher Education Area; Conclusion; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; 1.1 Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.2 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.3 Definition and Characterization of the Notion of "Competency"; 1.4 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education: Where Do We Stand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Overview of the Volume1.5.1 Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; 1.5.2 Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.5.3 Part III: Evaluating Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; Chapter 2: From Content to Competency: Challenges Facing Higher Education Language Teaching in Europe; 2.1 A Changing Linguistic Landscape
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Language Challenge Facing Higher Education in Europe2.3 Towards a Competency-Based Approach to HE Language Teaching and Learning; 2.4 The CEFR and the Bologna Process; 2.5 The CEFR and the Development of Pragmatic Competencies; 2.6 The CEFR and Life-Long Language Learning; 2.7 The CEFR - Opportunity and Challenge; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Lessons Learned from the European Project ADELEEES; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Research Design; 3.2.1 Objectives; 3.2.2 Procedure and Instruments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2.1 Questionnaire Design and Validation3.2.2.2 Administration of the Questionnaires; 3.2.3 Participants; 3.2.3.1 Global Figures; 3.2.3.2 Students; 3.2.3.3 Teachers; 3.2.4 Statistical Methodology; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Students: Global Results; 3.3.1.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.1.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.1.3 Methodology; 3.3.1.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.1.5 Evaluation; 3.3.2 Teachers: Global Results; 3.3.2.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.2.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.2.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 Materials and Resources3.3.2.5 Evaluation; 3.3.3 Comparison of Student and Teacher Outcomes; 3.3.3.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.3.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.3.3 Methodology; 3.3.3.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.3.5 Evaluation; 3.4 Conclusions; 3.5 Implications of the Study: Suggestions for Improvement; 3.6 Lines for Future Research; References; Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; Chapter 4: Competences and Foreign Language Teacher Education in Spain; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Competence and Teacher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Competences and Competencies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9789400762657
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 71 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Jones, Tiffany Understanding education policy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Bildungspolitik
    Abstract: Analysis of education policy often follows a particular orientation, such as conservative or neo-liberal. Yet, readers are often left to wonder the true meaning and conceptual framing behind these orientations. Without this knowledge, the policy analysis lacks true rigor, its value is diminished as the results may prove difficult to reproduce. Understanding Education Policy provides an overarching framework of four key orientations that lie beneath much policy analysis, yet are rarely used with accuracy: conservative, liberal, critical and post-modern. It details each orientation's application to policy making, implementation and overall impact. The book also argues the value of analysing a policy’s orientation to improve the clarity of its analysis and allow broader trends across the education policy field to emerge.The book offers practical examples, key vocabulary and reflection activities which give equitable, yet critical consideration to all education orientations. This allows readers to see the benefits and disadvantages of each perspective and discover their own biases.This introduction to education policy analysis offers theoretically broad, highly practical coverage. It is adaptable to many kinds of policy analysis areas and will appeal to a wide range of readers with an interest in education policy, from students conducting specific research to policy makers looking for a deeper way to re-think their work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Perceptions of Policy -- 3. Policy Paradigms Frameworks: Gaps Within Research -- 4. The Four Orientations to Education Framework​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9789400742734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 342 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development ; Erziehung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Education for sustainable development (ESD) presents an intriguing challenge in developed countries. The very notion of sustainable development may appear to be at cross-purposes with the social and political aims of large industrial economies. Yet, arguably, the residents of wealthy countries may be most in need of new ways of thinking and behaving on an increasingly more fragile and crowded planet. This book presents a collection of essays that capture the depth and diversity of education for sustainable development (ESD) work in formal education in Canada and the United States. Many of the authors are pioneers in the field of ESD, not only in their own countries but internationally. In this book, they share their expertise, lessons learned, and insights into the ongoing success of their work. The essays reflect leading edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience and provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of ESD in wealthy countries. The ESD programs described in the book are relevant and culturally appropriate for the specific locally contexts in which they are found but also in the larger context of ESD writ large as a planetary endeavour.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Series Editors' Introduction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Biographies of Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States-An Overview; Chapter 1: Education for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Formal Education in the New Millennium; Purpose and Structure of This Book; Schooling and Sustainable Development; Schooling; Sustainable Development; What Is ESD?; United Nations Decade of ESD; Four Thrusts of ESD
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving Access and Retention in Quality Basic EducationReorienting Existing Educational Programs to Address Sustainability; Increasing Public Understanding and Awareness of Sustainability; Providing Training to All Sectors of the Workforce; Four Thrusts and Formal/Non-Formal Education; ESD and Student Engagement; Purpose of Education; Chapters and Interrelationships Between Chapters; The Author's Voice; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 2: Education for Sustainable Development in Formal Education in Canada; The Canadian Context; Responsibility for Education; Regional Differences
    Description / Table of Contents: Elementary and Secondary EducationLocal Governance; Contemporary Challenges; ESD in Canada: A Historical Perspective; Early Challenges in Implementing Agenda 21 in Canada; Box 2.1 Reflections on the Beginnings of ESD; ESD and Formal Education Before the UNDESD; ESD and Formal Education After the Beginning of the UNDESD; Canadian Commission for UNESCO; Ministries of Education; Revisiting the Scope and Mandate of ESD; Higher Education; K-12 Changes in ESD; Measuring Educational Success and Striving for Equity; An Uncertain Future; Courage to Question; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Education for Sustainability in the K-12 Educational System of the United StatesIntroduction; The Changing System; The National Policy Landscape; The State Policy Landscape; The Role of Nongovernmental Organizations; Changing Practices; Curriculum; Pedagogy; School-Level Projects; Challenges and Questions for the Future; References; Part II: Teacher Education; Chapter 4: Teacher Education and ESD in the United States: The Vision, Challenges, and Implementation; The Context of Teacher Education in the United States; Teacher Education and Public School Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: Impacts of the Economic RecessionChallenge or Opportunity?; Reorienting Teacher Education to Address Sustainable Development; Focus on Improving Outcomes for All Students; Embed ESD in the Process of Learning to Be a Teacher; Use Existing Structures and Processes; Certificate Programs; Sustainability Concentration; State Endorsement and Certification Requirements; Certification; Specialty Area Endorsement; Accreditation of TEIs; Provide Professional Development for Faculty and Administrators; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Preservice Teaching and Pedagogies of Transformation
    Description / Table of Contents: An Apprenticeship of Observation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9789400752078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 262 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Creemers, Bert, 1942 - Teacher professional development for improving quality of teaching
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- PART 1: Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- PART 2: Main Foundations of Research on Teacher Effectiveness.- PART 3: Combining Teacher Effectiveness Research with Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- References. - Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400752948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 244 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Bildungswesen ; Qualitätsmanagement
    Abstract: Due to the development of the international Education for All and Education for Sustainable Development movements, for which UNESCO is the lead agency, there has been an increasing emphasis on the power of education and schooling to help build more just and equitable societies. This seeks to give everyone the opportunity to develop their talents to the full, regardless of characteristics such as gender, socio-economic status, ethnicity, religious persuasion, or regional location. As enshrined in the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights over five decades ago, everyone has the right to receive a high quality and relevant education. In order to try to achieve this ideal, many countries are substantially re-engineering their education systems with an increasing emphasis on promoting equity and fairness, and on ensuring that everyone has access to a high quality and relevant education. They are also moving away from the traditional outlook of almost exclusively stressing formal education in schools as the most valuable way in which people learn, to accepting that important and valuable learning does not just occur in formal, dedicated education institutions, but also through informal and non-formal means. Thus learning is both lifelong and life-wide. This book brings together the experience and research of 40 recognised and experienced opinion leaders in education around the world. The book investigates the most effective ways of ensuring the UNESCO aim of effective education for all people in the belief that not only should education be a right for all, but also that education and schooling has the potential to transform individual lives and to contribute to the development of more just, humane and equitable societies.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Introduction; 〈i〉Kelli Hughes〈/i〉 -- Introduction by the Series Editors; 〈i〉Rupert Maclean〈/i〉 -- Foreword: Let a Hundred Flowers Blossom; 〈i〉Phillip Hughes〈/i〉 -- 〈b〉SECTION 1: 〈/b〉The Public Sector in Education.-〈b〉 〈/b〉〈b〉SECTION 2: 〈/b〉Quality in Teaching -- 〈b〉SECTION 3: 〈/b〉Making Equity Work〈i〉 -- 〈/i〉〈b〉SECTION 4: 〈/b〉Looking More Widely.-〈b〉 SECTION 5: 〈/b〉Concluding Comments.-〈b〉 〈/b〉Index.〈i〉〈/p〉.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763470
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 170 p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Borneo ; Englisch
    Abstract: This detailed survey of Brunei English reflects the burgeoning academic interest in the many new varieties of English which are fast evolving around the world. Wholly up to date, the study is based on careful analysis of a substantial dataset that provides real-life examples of usage to illustrate the narrative throughout. As well as a thorough account of the pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary usage, and discourse patterns of Brunei English, the volume explores its historical and educational background and current developmental trends, providing an in-depth review of the patterns of English usage within this multilingual, oil-rich society on the north-western coast of Borneo. Written in a non-technical style throughout that will assist non-specialists wishing to grasp the fundamentals of this unique brand of the English language, the work is a worthy addition to Springer’s series on multilingual education that plugs a gap in the coverage of the numerous varieties of English being used across South East Asia. “The authors bring renewed and badly needed attention to the long-overlooked development of Brunei English. Their examination of the variety not only documents the features and functions of English within Brunei society, it also suggests the development of regional or global varieties of English that extend beyond Brunei, and even beyond South East Asia.” Andrew Moody, University of Macau
    Description / Table of Contents: Conventions in the Transcriptions; Abbreviations; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brief History; 1.2 Population; 1.3 Languages; 1.4 Brunei English or English in Brunei?; 1.5 Variation in Brunei English; 1.6 Data; 1.7 Spoken Data; 1.8 Written Data; 1.9 Overview; Chapter 2: Education in Brunei; 2.1 Traditional Education in Brunei; 2.2 Post-war Education; 2.3 The Bilingual Education Policy; 2.4 Bilingualism at UBD; 2.5 SPN21; 2.6 The Role of CfBT; 2.7 The Educational Divide; 2.8 Conclusion; Chapter 3: Pronunciation; 3.1 TH; 3.2 Consonant Cluster Reduction; 3.3 Added [t]; 3.4 Glottal Stop
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Devoicing3.6 Vocalised L; 3.7 Deleted L; 3.8 Rhoticity; 3.9 Vowels; 3.10 Long and Short Vowels; 3.11 face and trap; 3.12 face and goat; 3.13 Absence of Reduced Vowels; 3.14 Spelling Pronunciation; 3.15 Idiosyncratic Pronunciations; 3.16 Word Stress; 3.17 Compound Stress; 3.18 Rhythm; 3.19 Sentence Stress; 3.20 De-accenting; 3.21 Rising Pitch; 3.22 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Morphology and Syntax; 4.1 Plural Suffixes; 4.2 Logically Countable Items; 4.3 one of; 4.4 brother-in-laws; 4.5 piece; 4.6 Subject-Verb Agreement; 4.7 there's; 4.8 -s After Modal Verbs; 4.9 Intervening Nouns; 4.10 Tenses
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.11 will4.12 would; 4.13 do; 4.14 ever and Perfective; 4.15 Null Subjects; 4.16 Subject-Auxiliary Inversion; 4.17 Determiners; 4.18 Names of Countries; 4.19 Affirmative Answers to Negative Questions; 4.20 Adj to V/Adj V-ing; 4.21 Prepositions; 4.22 Conclusion; Chapter 5: Discourse; 5.1 Discourse Particles; 5.2 yeah; 5.3 sort of/kind of; 5.4 tsk; 5.5 Topic Fronting; 5.6 -wise; 5.7 compared to; 5.8 Reduplication; 5.9 Repetition of Lexical Terms; 5.10 Lexical Doublets; 5.11 Tautology; 5.12 and so forth; 5.13 Overdoing Explicitness; 5.14 whereby; 5.15 Sentence Length; 5.16 Run-on Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.17 ConclusionChapter 6: Lexis; 6.1 Borrowings; 6.2 Religious Terms; 6.3 Royalty; 6.4 Food; 6.5 Clothing; 6.6 Other Cultural Items; 6.7 three or five; 6.8 Calques; 6.9 Acronyms; 6.10 Initialisms; 6.11 Clippings and Blends; 6.12 Shifts in Meaning; 6.13 Shifted Connotation; 6.14 Sports Personnel; 6.15 Other Lexical Items; 6.16 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Mixing; 7.1 BruDirect: Have Your Say (HYS); 7.2 Alternating Languages (AL); 7.3 Inability to Think of a Word; 7.4 Explaining Something; 7.5 Religious Terms; 7.6 Food; 7.7 Direct Quotations; 7.8 Stylistic Reasons; 7.9 Attitudes Towards Mixing
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.10 ConclusionChapter 8: Brunei English in the World; 8.1 The Status of Brunei English; 8.2 Global Englishes; 8.3 Intelligibility; 8.4 Pedagogical Implications; 8.5 Brunei English and the Future; Appendices; Appendix A: The Female UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix B: The Male UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix C: The Wolf Passage; The Boy Who Cried Wolf; Appendix D: Transcripts of the Interview with Umi; Umi-a; Umi-b; Umi-c; Appendix E: The BruDirect Data; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9789400746732
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 182 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kupferman, David W. Disassembling and decolonizing school in the Pacific
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Schule ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Mikronesien ; Ozeanien ; Schule ; Ozeanien ; Schule
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schooling's neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schoolings neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination.
    Description / Table of Contents: Disassembling and Decolonizing School in the Pacific; Preface; A Note on Audience; Where This Book Fits; How This Book Is Organized; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Introduction: Where Do We Go from Here?; An Introduction; An Ocean of Discourse: Schooling in Micronesia and Beyond; Decolonizing the Postcolonial Position; Repositioning the Binary; The Temporality of De-positionality: Locus of Enunciation; Narrator as Narrative; Inconvenient Implications: "The Intellectual" and the University; Chapter 2: Theory, Power, and the Pacific
    Description / Table of Contents: An Imagined Non-entity: Deforming and Reforming Our "Sea of Little Lands"Power-Knowledge-Subject; Relational Power and Foucault; Production and Normalization; Genealogy, Subjectivity, Governmentality; Alternative Conditions of Possibility; Chapter 3: Atolls and Origins: A Genealogy of Schooling in Micronesia; In the Beginning There Was School; The Colonial Period?; The Song, and Actualized Event, of Solomon; The Colonial. Period.; Chapter 4: Power and Pantaloons: The Case of Lee Boo and the Normalizing of the Student; John Ford in the Rock Islands; Scopic Regime, or Why Is He Painted White?
    Description / Table of Contents: "Osiik a Llomes" and the Limits of Heliotropic(al) TranslationA Portrait of the Student as a Young Man: The Benevolence of the Colonial Project; The Student as Simulacrum; Chapter 5: Certifiably Qualified: Corps, College, and the Construction of the Teacher; Dilettantes and Differends; Peace Corps in Paradise Micronesia; Colleges and Knowledges; The "Highly Qualified" Cult(ure); Chapter 6: The Mother and Child Reunion: Governing the Family; All in the Family; Child, State, School; No Child Left Micronesian: Governmentality and the Child; PIRCs and Other Benefits of Policing the Parent
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Conclusion: The Emperor Is a Nudist: A Case for Counter-Discourse(s)Over the River and Through Bretton Woods: Development, Schooling, and Regimes of Representation; Culture, Custom, Catachresis; Dressing the Emperor; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9789400748163 , 1283634147 , 9781283634144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 216 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Data-based decision making in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Decision making ; Data mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining
    Abstract: In a context where schools are held more and more accountable for the education they provide, data-based decision making has become increasingly important. This book brings together scholars from several countries to examine data-based decision making. Data-based decision making in this book refers to making decisions based on a broad range of evidence, such as scores on students assessments, classroom observations etc.This book supports policy-makers, people working with schools, researchers and school leaders and teachers in the use of data, by bringing together the current research conducted on data use across multiple countries into a single volume. Some of these studies are best practice studies, where effective data use has led to improvements in student learning. Others provide insight into challenges in both policy and practice environments. Each of them draws on research and literature in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1 Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Will This Book Help You?; 1.3 Organization of Chapters; References; Chapter 2 Data-based Decision Making: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Broadening Our Understanding of Data; 2.3 Why Data?; 2.3.1 The Nature of Effective Teaching and School Leadership; 2.3.2 Evidence of Improvements in Student Learning and Achievement; 2.4 The Process of Using Data; 2.5 How Data Can be Used; 2.6 Reflection Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 Analysis and Discussion of Classroom andAchievement Data to Raise Student Achievement3.1 Introduction: Context Description; 3.2 Why Decision-Making Using Data Requires Linking Achievement Patterns to Classroom Practices; 3.3 The Overall Intervention Model in Three Clusters; 3.4 Gains in Achievement; 3.5 Analysis and Discussion of Data; 3.5.1 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Achievement Data; 3.5.2 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Observation Data; 3.5.3 Linking Student Achievement to Classroom Observations; 3.6 Enablers and Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.7 Conclusions and Next Steps3.8 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 4 From ``Intuition''- to ``Data''-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools?; 4.1 Introduction: Context Description; 4.2 Two Stories of Data-based Decision Making; 4.2.1 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:School Level; 4.2.2 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:Classroom Level; 4.2.3 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:School Level; 4.2.4 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:Classroom Level; 4.3 Supporting and Hindering Factors; 4.4 Possible Effects and Side Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Conclusion and Discussion4.6 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 5 Professional Attitudes to the Use of Data in England; 5.1 Introduction and Background; 5.2 Research Questions and Research Base; 5.3 Selecting and Recruiting the Participating Schools; 5.4 Collection of Data; 5.5 Discussion of Findings; 5.5.1 Use of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data; 5.5.2 Teachers' Understanding of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data and Confidence in Their Skills to Access, Utilise and Interpret Data; 5.5.3 The Impact of Training and Continuing Professional Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Management, Analysis and Interpretation of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: Who Does Whatand Who Should Do What in Schools?5.5.5 The Rationale for Collecting Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: What Teachers Perceive It To Be and What They Consider It Should Be; 5.6 Summary and Conclusion; 5.7 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 6 Approaches to Effective Data Use: Does One Size Fit All?; 6.1 Introduction: Context; 6.2 Data Dissemination and Data Use: How the One Influences the Other; 6.3 Research Design and Methodology; 6.3.1 The Feedback System; 6.3.2 Sample
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.3 Instruments and Data Collection
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400749757
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 301 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Institutionalization of world-class university in global competition
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Sociological aspects ; Universities and colleges ; Case studies ; Comparative education
    Abstract: Moving the academic debate on from its current focus on development to a more nuanced sociological perspective, this fresh research is a collaboration between academics in Asia and Europe that assesses the factors shaping world-class universities as institutional social systems as well as national cultural treasures. The work explores in detail how WCUs have moved to a central position in policy circles, and how these often ambitious government policies on WCUs have been interpreted and adopted by university administrators and individual professors.The authors provide a wealth of empirical data on universities, both world-class and aiming for WCU status, in a range of politics and continents. They compare strategies for developing WCUs in countries of the East and the West, both developing and developed. Nations featured in the statistical purview include nine countries (Germany, France, Japan, South Korea, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore and Hong Kong SAR). The volume goes further than merely taking a snapshot of the current situation, offering detailed and considered strategies and rationales for institutionalizing and developing WCUs, particularly in Asian countries where Confucian cultural influences accord education the highest priority.
    Description / Table of Contents: Institutionalization of World-Class Universityin Global Competition; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: The World-Class University in Different Systems and Contexts; 1.1 Global Competition and the World-Class University; 1.2 Higher Education Systems and World-Class University; 1.2.1 Non-English-Speaking Advanced Systems; 1.2.2 Non-English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.2.3 English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.3 World-Class Universities in Different Contexts; 1.3.1 Economic Contexts; 1.3.2 Internationalization of Academics; 1.3.3 Strategies in Different Contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Strategy for Building WCU in Different Systems and Contexts1.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Part I: Background of WCU Worldwide; Chapter 2: The World-Class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; 2.1 What Is World-Class University?; 2.1.1 Conceptual Approach; 2.1.2 Common Features of World-Class University; 2.2 Institutions Called "World-Class" University; 2.2.1 Research; 2.2.2 Teaching; 2.2.3 Service Activity; 2.3 Initiatives to Build World-Class University; 2.3.1 Government Policy Level; 2.3.1.1 Mission Differentiation; 2.3.1.2 Deregulation of Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1.3 Research Supporting Systems2.3.1.4 Faculty Personnel and Incentive Systems; 2.3.2 University and Individual Professor Level; 2.4 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Global Research and the "World-Class" Universities; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Institutionalization of the Global Research University; 3.3 The Global and the Traditional Research University; 3.4 The Global Reach of Research and Teaching Universities; 3.5 The "World-Class Worldwide"; 3.6 The Global Reach of World-Class Universities; References; Chapter 4: World-Class Universities: The Sector Requirements
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Background4.2 Definition of World-Class Universities; 4.3 Sector Requirements for World-Class Universities; 4.3.1 A High Percentage of Public Income Awarded Not on the Basis of Regular Annual Institutional Allocations but Through Competition for Excellence in Performance; 4.3.2 A High Percentage of Income from Nonstate Sources; 4.4 A High Degree of Institutional Differentiation; 4.4.1 Institutional Autonomy; 4.4.2 Ownership of Property; 4.4.3 Clear Legal Distinction Between for-Profit and Not-for-Profit Institutions, and Exemption from Taxation for Nonprofit Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 Open Competition for State-Sponsored Research4.4.5 Autonomous Agencies of Accreditation and for Licensing of Professionals; 4.4.6 Incentives to Diversity of Students and Faculty; 4.4.7 Incentives to Improve Quality; 4.5 Assessment of Public Policy Necessary for World-Class Universities; 4.6 Summary; References; Chapter 5: Nation-States, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 What Is a World-Class University (WCU)?; 5.3 What Are the Conditions and Drivers of a WC GRU?; 5.4 Different Pathways to the WC GRU
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 Comparison of English-Speaking Systems and Confucian Heritage Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The World-class University in Different Systems and Contexts; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm -- Part A. Background of WCU Worldwide -- 2. The World-class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; J. C. Shin -- 3. The Global Research and the ‘World-class’ Universities; W. Ma -- 4. World-class Universities: The Sector Requirements; S. Heyneman and J. Lee -- 5. Nation-states, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; S. Marginson -- Part B. WCUs in non-English Speaking Advanced Systems -- 6. To Be or Not to Be? The Impacts of the Excellence Initiative on the German System of Higher Education; B.M. Kehm -- 7.  Reconciling Republican ‘Egalité’ and Global Excellence Values in French Higher Education; L. Cremonini, P. Benneworth, F. Westerheijden and H. Dauncey -- 8. Challenges for Top Japanese Universities when Establishing a New Global Identity: Seeking a New Paradigm after “World Class”; A. Yonezawa -- Part C. WCUs in non-English Speaking Developing Systems -- 9. World-class University in Korea: Proactive Government, Responsive University, and Procrastinating Academics; J.C. Shin and Y.S. Jang -- 10. Building a World-class University in China; Y. Luo -- 11. The Challenges for Establishing World-class Universities in Taiwan; D. Chang -- Part D. WCUs in English Speaking Developing Systems -- 12. Malaysia’s World-class University Ambition: An Assessment; M. Sirat -- 13. Peering through the dust of construction: Singapore’s efforts to build WCUs; K.C. Ho -- 14. Frameworks for Creating Research Universities: The Hong Kong Case; G. Postiglione and J. Jung -- Conclusion -- 15. Universalizing the University in a World Society; F.O. Ramirez and J.W. Meyer -- 16. World-class University across Higher Education systems: Similarities, Differences, and Challenges; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm. - Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400763210
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 190 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Saudi-Arabien ; Hochschule
    Abstract: This book provides the first academically rigorous description and critical analysis of the Higher Education system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and of the vision, strategies and policy imperatives for the future development of Saudi universities. The government of Saudi Arabia has recognized in both policy and practice the necessity of developing its university system to world-class standard. Significantly increasing access and participation in Higher Education across a range of traditional and non-traditional disciplines is directly relevant to the future social and economic growth of the country. This book addresses the way in which Saudi Arabia is moving to develop a quality university system that balances the need for students to gain the knowledge, skills and ‘ways of doing’ necessary to operate effectively on the world stage while simultaneously maintaining and demonstrating the fundamental values of the Islamic religion and culture. The book provides a description and critical analysis of the key components of the Saudi Higher Education system, and of system-level responses to the challenges and opportunities facing Saudi universities. It is written by a team of Saudi academics and authors of international standing from non-Saudi universities so as to provide both internal and external perspectives on all issues and to place information and ideas in the context of the international Higher Education scene
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia; Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities; Introduction; The Saudi Higher Education System: An Overview; The Reform Agenda; The Vision of `World Class'; Governance and Leadership; Teaching and Learning; Research and Research Productivity; Accreditation and Quality Assurance; Equity; Privatisation; Medical Education; International Collaboration and Engagement; Data Issues; Priorities; References; Chapter 2: Dreams and Realities: The World-Class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: What Is a World-Class University and System?Research Universities, World-Class Status, and Rankings in the Saudi Context; The Inevitability of Rankings; Rankings Presume a Non-existent Zero-Sum Game; Where Is Teaching in the International Rankings?; What, Then, Do the Rankings Measure?; Saudi Arabia in the Rankings; An Analysis of the Rankings in the Saudi Arabian Context; Saudi Universities in the Rankings; Saudi Universities in Webometrics; Saudi Universities in the Times Higher Education Rankings; Saudi Universities in the Academic Ranking of World Universities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impact of Ranking on Saudi UniversitiesWhat Is a World-Class System?; Ministry of Higher Education Strategies; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Governance in Saudi Higher Education; Introduction; Governance Arrangements; Historical Overview; Role of the Government in Higher Education; Hierarchical Structure of Saudi Higher Education; Recent Governance Reform in Saudi Higher Education; King Abdullah University for Science and Technology (KAUST); King Saud University (KSU); Current Governance Issues in Saudi Higher Education; Critical Analysis of Saudi University Governance; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global SuccessIntroduction; The Role of Leadership in Higher Education; Academic Leadership and Culture; Leadership Development Experiences Worldwide; The Academic Leadership Center Initiative in Saudi Arabia; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Delivering High-Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia; Context: A National System; Context: Entry Levels and Fields of Study; Context: Teaching and Research, Complementary or Competitive?
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Issues and the Way They InteractA Particular Issue: Learning in English When the Home Language Is Arabic; Providing Support for Saudi Staff; Providing Support for Students; The Preparatory Year; Adequate Study Skills Remain a Major Issue; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Assessment of Student Learning; Introduction; The Nature of Traditional Assessment; Concerns About the Nature of Assessment; Educational Reforms and New Directions in Student Assessment; New Learning and Assessment Paradigms; The Emphasis of NCAAA on Assessment of Learning Outcomes
    Description / Table of Contents: Changes in Student Assessment Methods and Purposes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- 1. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities -- 2. Dreams and Realities: The World-class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education -- 3. Governance in Saudi Higher Education -- 4. The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global Success -- 5. Delivering High Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia -- 6. Assessment of Student Learning -- 7. The Role of Information Technology in Supporting Quality Teaching and Learning -- 8. Selecting and Developing High Quality University Staff -- 9. Knowledge-Based Innovation and Research Productivity in Saudi Arabia -- 10. Accreditation and Quality Assurance -- 11. Higher Education for Women in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia -- 12. Private Higher Education in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: Reality - Challenges - Aspirations -- 13. The Development of Medical Education in Saudi Arabia -- 14. Student Scholarships in Saudi Arabia: Implications and Opportunities for Overseas Engagement -- 15. International Collaboration -- 16. Challenges and Opportunities for Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: An Exploratory Focus Group.- 17. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Conclusions -- List of Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400763623
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Universalgrammatik
    Abstract: This book proposes that research into generative second language acquisition (GenSLA) can be applied to the language classroom. Assuming that Universal Grammar plays a role in second language development, it explores generalisations from GenSLA research. The book aims to build bridges between the fields of generative second language acquisition, applied linguistics, and language teaching; and it shows how GenSLA is poised to engage with researchers of second language learning outside the generative paradigm. Each chapter of Universal Grammar and the Second Language Classroom showcases ways in which GenSLA research can inform language pedagogy. Some chapters include classroom research that tests the effectiveness of teaching particular linguistic phenomena. Others review existing research findings, discussing how these findings are useful for language pedagogy. All chapters show how generative linguistics can enhance teachers’ expertise in language and second language development. “This groundbreaking volume ably takes on the gap that currently exists between generative linguistic theory in second language acquisition (GenSLA) and second language pedagogy, by gathering chapters from GenSLA researchers who are interested in the relevance and potential application of their research to second/foreign language teaching. It offers a welcome and thought-provoking contribution to any discussion of the relation between linguistic theory and practice. I recommend it not only for language teachers interested in deepening their understanding of the formal properties of the languages they teach, but also for linguists interested in following up on more practical consequences of the fruits of their theoretical and empirical research.” Donna Lardiere, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA. NNMMIMH
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Generative Second Language Acquisition and Language Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conceptual Foundations; 1.2.1 Generative Linguistic Theory; 1.2.2 Generative Second Language Acquisition; 1.3 Overview of the Volume; 1.3.1 Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; 1.3.2 Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research; 1.3.3 Part III: GenSLA, the Language Classroom and Beyond; References; Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; Chapter 2: What Research Can Tell Us About Teaching: The Case of Pronouns and Clitics; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Object Pronouns in Spanish2.3 Research on the Position of Clitics; 2.4 Application to Language Teaching; References; Chapter 3: L2 Acquisition of Null Subjects in Japanese: A New Generative Perspective and Its Pedagogical Implications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Null Subjects in Generative Syntax; 3.2.1 Previous Literature; 3.2.2 Null Subjects in Japanese; 3.3 The L2 Data; 3.3.1 Research Questions; 3.3.2 Experiment; 3.3.3 Participants, Procedure, and Method of Analysis; 3.3.4 Results of the Experiment; 3.4 Discussion; 3.4.1 Why "Focus on Form"?; 3.4.2 Further Pedagogical Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 SummaryReferences; Chapter 4: Verb Movement in Generative SLA and the Teaching of Word Order Patterns; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linguistic and Theoretical Foundations; 4.2.1 The Linguistic Background; 4.2.2 Full Transfer/Full Access; 4.2.3 The Learning/Acquisition Distinction; 4.3 Input, Negative Evidence, and Grammar Restructuring; 4.3.1 Resetting the Verb-Movement Parameter; 4.3.2 Losing Verb Second; 4.3.3 The Difficulties of English Word Order; 4.4 Teaching English Word Order; 4.4.1 Grammaring Word Order; 4.4.1.1 Adverbs; 4.4.1.2 Verb Second; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Modifying the Teaching of Modifiers: A Lesson from Universal Grammar5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hierarchies of Modifiers: Beyond the Textbook; 5.3 L2 Acquisition of P-Modifier Order; 5.3.1 Experiment I: Aladdin Preference Task; 5.3.2 Experiment II: Aladdin Grammaticality Judgment Task; 5.4 L2 Acquisition of Adjective Order; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Appendix I: The Aladdin Slides; References; Chapter 6: The Syntax-Discourse Interface and the Interface Between Generative Theory and Pedagogical Approaches to SLA; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Interface Properties
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Topic-Comment Structures in Spanish and English6.3.1 Learnability and Interface Properties; 6.4 Methodology; 6.4.1 Research Questions; 6.4.2 Participants; 6.4.3 Tasks; 6.4.3.1 Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.3.2 Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4 Results; 6.4.4.1 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.2 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4.3 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.4 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Completion Task; 6.5 Discussion and Implications for the L2 Classroom; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Alternations and Argument Structure in Second Language English: Knowledge of Two Types of Intransitive Verbs
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400764767
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 241 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Language alternation, language choice and language encounter in international tertiary education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Hochschule ; Sprachkontakt
    Abstract: Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation - linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning - as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters - highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Notes on Contributors; Hybridity and Complexity: Language Choice and Language Ideologies; References; Part I: The Local Language as a Resource in Social, Administrative and Learning Interactions; Kitchen Talk - Exploring Linguistic Practices in Liminal Institutional Interactions in a Multilingual University Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Data and Method; 3 Analysis; Changing Engagement Frameworks and Language Choice; Language Consistency; Language Alternation; Negotiating Language Choice and Social Identity; Enforcing English as the Norm; Language and Identity: Playing with Stereotypes
    Description / Table of Contents: Identity Potential and Potential Problems with Using the Local LanguageLanguage/Medium Alternation as Proficiency Practice; 4 Discussion; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Japanese and English as Lingua Francas: Language Choices for International Students in Contemporary Japan; 1 Introduction; 2 The Current Study; Participants; Methods of Data Collection and Analysis; 3 Data Analysis; Insertive Use of English as a LF; Example 1; Example 2; Example 3; Preference for English as LF; Example 4; Example 5; Example 6; Example 7; Example 8; Persistent Use of Japanese as the LF
    Description / Table of Contents: Example 94 Beyond a Matter of LF Selection: Styling in Lingua Franca Talk; Example 10; Example 11; 5 Conclusion; References; Plurilingual Resources in Lingua Franca Talk: An Interactionist Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Lingua Franca Talk and Interactional Accomplishment; The Accomplishment of Lingua Franca Talk; Choosing a Lingua Franca; Fragment 1; Fragment 2; Fragment 3; Assessments of Competence; Fragment 4; Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Interaction; Fragment 5; 3 Plurilingual Resources in ELF Talk; Fragment 6
    Description / Table of Contents: Code-Switching in Lingua Franca Interactions and the Accomplishment of Socio-institutional GoalsFragment 7; Code-Switching in Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Teaching/Learning Goals; Fragment 8; Fragment 9; 4 Conclusions; References; Language Choice and Linguistic Variation in Classes Nominally Taught in English; 1 Introduction; 2 The Example of Sweden; 3 Earlier Studies and Theoretical Views; 4 A Study of Language Choice; 5 Patterns of Language Choice; A Multilingual Milieu?; The Functions of Other Languages; Example 1; Example 2; Attitudes to Languages and Language Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Characteristics of the MilieuNorms for Language Choice, What Are They Like?; International or National Context?; 7 Conclusion; References; Active Biliteracy? Students Taking Decisions About Using Languages for Academic Purposes; 1 Introduction: Moving from One Academic Language to Another; 2 The Design of the Study; 3 The Research Participants; Victor; Language Background; Language Challenges; John; Language Background; Perceived Language Challenges; Karin; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems; Francois and Yolande; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Learning in a New Language
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9789400723214 , 1283944987 , 9781283944984
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Martinovic, Dragana Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: The first volume in this new Springer series explores innovative ways of learning and doing mathematics to make it more appealing to the Net Generation. This generation consists of visual learners who thrive when surrounded with new technologies and whose diverse needs can be met by a variety of cyber tools. In their search for novel ways of studying, such as collaboration with peers and multitasking by using multimedia, the Internet, and other Information and Communication Technologies, they learn mathematics by playing games online, watching and sharing presentations on YouTube, exploring and creating Java applets of mathematics simulations and exchanging thoughts over the instant chat tools. This volume presents mathematics teaching and learning in a way that resonates with these new learners: as a contemporary subject that is engaging, exciting and enlightening. It offers educators insight into how they can make meaningful use of the dynamic, interactive, collaborative, and visual nature of new learning environments while having a deeper understanding of their potential advantages and limitations. This volume:- Bridges the gap between Net Generation learners and mathematics education- Presents conceptual frameworks for research in this area- Explores research data that shed a light on innovative theories and practices in the field of visual mathematics and cyberlearning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning; Introduction; Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDEra) Series; Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning - The First Book in the MEDEra Series; Contents; Patterns of Collaboration: Towards Learning Mathematics in the Era of the Semantic Web; Introduction; Cyberlearning: From Web 1.0 to Web 2.0; Patterns of Collaboration: The Case of the MiGen and Metafora Projects; Collaboration in Exploratory Learning Environments; The MiGen System and the Metafora Platform; Collaboration Within the MiGen System and the Metafora Platform
    Description / Table of Contents: Student Collaboration and the TeacherCyberlearning: From Web 2.0 to Web 3.0; The Likely Impact of Web 3.0 on Systems Such as MiGen and Metafora; Conclusion; References; Collaborative Mathematics Learning in Online Environments; Introduction; Collaborative Online Learning of Research-Level Mathematics; Why Talk About the Research Level?; Overview of Online Collaboration at the Research Level; The Polymath Projects; The MathOverflow Website; Collaborative Online Learning: Undergraduate and School-Age Mathematics; Mathematics - Stack Exchange
    Description / Table of Contents: An Excerpt of an Exchange on Mathematics - Stack ExchangeA Global Learning Project; Virtual Math Teams; Analysis and Contextualization; Computer Supported Collaborative Learning; The Computer Moderated Communication Model; Networked Learning, and Collaboration Versus Cooperation; Self-Regulated Learning; Discussion; References; The Integration of Mathematics Discourse, Graphical Reasoning and Symbolic Expression by a Virtual Math Team; Mathematical Practices; Data Collection and Methodology; Setting Up the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 1: Constitution of a New Math Task
    Description / Table of Contents: Excerpt 2: Co-construction of a Method for Counting SticksExcerpt 3: Collective Noticing of a Pattern of Growth; Excerpt 4: Resolution of Referential Ambiguity via Visual Proof; Concluding the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 5: Re-initiating the Discussion of the Algebraic Formula; Excerpt 6: Co-reflection on What the Team has Achieved So Far; Excerpt 7: Overcoming the Problem of Overlapping Sticks; Excerpt 8: Derivation of the Formula for the Number of Sticks; Discussion; Visibility of the Production Process; Persistent Presence of Contributions
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Referencing Relevant Artifacts in the Shared Visual FieldCoordination of Whiteboard Visualizations and Chat Narratives; Past and Future Relevancies Implied by Shared Mathematical Artifacts; Conclusion; References; Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies; Background and Rationale; Dynamic Geometry; Haptic Technology; Merging Fields; Theoretical Perspectives; Multi-modal Environment Design; Technical Specifications; Design of Mathematical Activities; Classification of Solids
    Description / Table of Contents: Planar Intersections
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the semantic web -- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments -- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team -- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies -- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance -- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition -- 7. George Gadanidis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers -- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers -- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Affordance and Activity Theories. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400758360
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 772 p. 27 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology, and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400759374
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 383 p. 49 illus) , digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2013 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 19
    DDC: 370.113095
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: Focusing on the Asia-Pacific region, which in recent years has been the engine of global economic growth , this volume surveys trends and prospects in technical and vocational education and training (TVET) with particular reference to achieving inclusive growth and the greening of economies. Underlying the increasing pressure for new models of TVET provision is the rapid pace of technological change, demand for a work force which is highly responsive to evolving needs and a transforming market place that calls for higher order skills and lifelong learning. The book proposes a re-engineered, modernized TVET system that fosters an innovative approach which enhances the employability of workers as well as the sustainability of their livelihoods.The book includes contributions from leading policy makers, researchers, and practitioners, including those in the private sector in analyzing and forecasting the most urgent priorities in skills development. The book argues for creative approaches to TVET design and delivery particularly with a view to improving job prospects , and meeting the goals of inclusion, sustainable development and social cohesion. Addressing issues such as the chronic mismatches between skills acquired and actual skills required in the work place, the volume proposes diversified approaches towards workforce development and partnerships with the private sector to improve the quality and relevance of skills development . The new imperatives created by ‘greening’ economies and responses required in skills development and training are addressed. Developing TVET is a high priority for governments in the Asia Pacific region as they seek to achieve long-term sustainable growth since the .continued success of their economic destinies depend on it. The volume also includes an emerging framework for skills development for inclusive and sustainable growth in the Asia and Pacific region.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword: Mr Bindu Lohani -- Preface: Mr Jouko Sarvi -- Series Editor Introduction: Prof. Rupert Maclean -- PART 1: MAJOR TRENDS AND CONCERNS IN SKILLS DEVELOPMENT -- Skills Development Issues, Challenges and Strategies in Asia and the Pacific, Rupert Maclean, Shanti Jagannathan and Jouko Sarvi -- Lifelong Learning: meaning, challenges and opportunities, Colin Power and Rupert Maclean -- Vocationalisation of secondary and tertiary education: what next?, Margarita Pavlova and Rupert Maclean -- Education, Employability Employment and Entrepreneurship; Meeting the Challenge of the 4Es, Manish Sabharwal -- Coping with Rural Transformation and the Movement of Workers from Rural Areas to Cities: the China Sunshine Project, Li Wang and Greg Shaw -- TVET and ICT Acquisition Process, Tapio Varis -- From TVET to Workforce Development, Robin Shreeve, Jennifer Gibb and Shayla Ribeiro -- Qualifications, skills and workforce effectiveness: the relevance of the OECD’s Survey of Adult Skills to Asia, William Thorn and Andreas Schleicher -- Skills Development Pathways in Asia, Cristina Martinez-Fernandez and Kyungsoo Choi -- Private Public Partnership to meet the skills challenges in India, Dilip Chenoy -- Skill training and workforce development with reference to underemployment and migration, Brajesh Panth -- Rural Transformation Index - Measuring Rural-Urban Disparities, Li Wang, Qutub Khan and Dian Zhang -- Retire or Rehire: Learning from the Singapore Story, James Yonghwee Lim -- PART 3: TVET AND THE GREENING OF ECONOMIES -- Skills for a Green Economy: Practice, Possibilities and Prospects, John Fien and Jose Roberto Guevara -- Education and Skills in Asia - Responding to Greening Economies, Shanti Jagannathan -- Redesigning of Curriculum and Training for Skills for Green Jobs in Korea, Namchul Lee -- Hong Kong Employers’ Perspectives on a Carbon Constrained Economy and How Technical and Vocational Education and Training Should Respond, Rupert Maclean, Eric Tsang and John Fien -- Advancing employability and green skills development: Values education in TVET in China, Margarita Pavlova and Chun Lin Huang -- Schooling’s Contribution to a Sustainable Future in Asia: Can Schools Develop ‘Green’ Citizens?, Kerry J Kennedy and Joseph Kui Foon Chow -- PART 4: GOING FORWARD: POSSIBLE NEXT STEPS FOR A SKILLS FRAMEWORK -- Skills for Inclusive and Sustainable Growth in Developing Asia and the Pacific, Shanti Jagannathan.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 1283936100 , 9789400753983 , 9781283936101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 344 S.) , graph. Darst.
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2013 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Technical and vocational education and training 18
    Series Statement: Technical and vocational education and training
    Parallel Title: Print version The Architecture of Innovative Apprenticeship
    DDC: 370.113
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Berufsbildungssystem ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume covers a wealth of issues relating to technical and vocational education and training, including exemplar architectures such as successful school-to-work transitions, competence assessment and development models, and governance
    Abstract: Benefiting from the support and involvement of two major international research networks, this collection features the latest research findings in TVET. Members of INAP, the International Network on Innovative Apprenticeship, and VETNET, the Vocational Education and Training Network, have contributed key research findings to this detailed survey of the field. Featuring the inclusion of the internationally recognized memorandum released in April 2012 by the INAP Architecture Apprenticeship Commission, the volume covers a wealth of issues relating to technical and vocational education and training, including exemplar architectures such as successful school-to-work transitions, competence assessment and development models, and governance, including the role of stakeholders. The book provides many opportunities to explore in depth the scholarly debate on TVET, as well as to learn from positive international experiences. It aims to inform the practice of TVET professionals as much as the decision making of administrators
    Description / Table of Contents: The Architecture of Innovative Apprenticeship; Foreword; Introduction by the Series Editor; Contents; MemorandumAn Architecture for Modern Apprenticeships: Standards for Structure, Organisation and Governance; Introduction; Criteria for Modern Dual Vocational Education; High Quality and Holistic Competence in an Occupational Field; Competence to Shape One's Work: Shaping Competence, Ability to Independently Control and Manage One's Professional Tasks; Seeing `Work Context' as a Constitutive Feature of Professional Work
    Description / Table of Contents: The Concept of `Core Occupations' Reduces the Horizontal and Vertical Division of LabourCreating Sustainable Occupational Profiles; Open Dynamic Occupational Profiles; Promoting Occupational Identity; Desirable Time Scale for Learning to Be Competent in an Occupation; Need for Continuing Professional Development; Cooperation Between Learning Venues; The Legal Status of Apprentices; Cost-Benefit of In-Company Apprenticeship Training; Occupational Domains and Vocational Disciplines; Integration of Vocational Education into a Higher Education Structure: Parallel Tracks
    Description / Table of Contents: Governance of Dual VET SystemsConsistent Legal Framework; A Single Vocational Education and Training Act; Concentration of Legislative Competences; Integrated Procedure for the Development of VET Curricula; Binding Regulations on the Cooperation of Learning Venues; Cooperation of Actors; Legal Regulation of Responsibilities; Involvement of Social Partners, VET Schools and Researchers in a VET Dialogue; Coordination of the VET Dialogue; Regulatory Procedures Require an Early Coordination of the Actors Involved; Institutionalised Cooperation of Learning Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Allocation of Strategic and Operative FunctionsLegal Regulations Concerning the Collaboration of Strategic and Operative Functions; The Tasks and Responsibilities Are Distributed According to the Principle of Subsidiarity; The Development of Occupational Profiles and (Framework) Curricula Takes Place at the National Level While the Responsibility for Setting Up Syllabuses and Training Plans Is with the Local Actors; Relative Autonomy in the Implementation of Curricula; Innovation Strategies; Legal Basis; Qualification and Curriculum Research and Development
    Description / Table of Contents: Improvement of the Cooperation of Learning Venues as a Topic of Innovation ProgrammesTraining Partnership; Measuring and Evaluating Professional Competence (Development); International VET Dialogue; Structure and Development of Occupational Curricula; The Curriculum; An Occupational Profile; A Description of the Learning Areas, Building upon Each Other (Fig. 3); Content of Work and Learning; Educational Objectives Specific to the Learning Venues; Methods of Curriculum Development; Sector Studies (Rauner and Maclean CR0001102008, Chapter 3.1.2); Expert Worker Workshops
    Description / Table of Contents: Validation of Professional Work Tasks
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. From School into Apprenticeship: Pathways for a Successful Transition -- 1.1    Relationship between Potential Recruits from VET and HE - Case Studies from Germany, England and Switzerland, Ute Hippach-Schneider, Tanja Weigel -- 1.2  Exploring Intermediate Vocational Education and Training for 16-19 Year-olds in Germany and England, Jeremy Higham, H.-Hugo Kremer, David Yeomans -- 1.3 Apprenticeship, Pathways and Career Guidance: A Cautionary Tale -- Richard Sweet -- 1.4 No Choice - No Guidance? The rising demand for career guidance in EU neighboring countries and its potential implications for apprenticeships, Helmut Zelloth -- 1.5 How can Governance, Private Sector and Work Based Learning promote Labour Market Relevant Training in Developing and Transition Countries?, Manfred Wallenborn -- 1.6 A Renaissance for Apprenticeship Learning? - And its Implications for Transition Countries, Sören Nielsen -- 1.7 Work-based Learning in China, Joanna Burchert, Ludger Deitmer, Xu Han -- 2. Competence Measurement and Development -- 2.1 Occupational Identity in Australian Traineeships: An initial Exploration, Erica Smith -- 2.2 Competency-Based Training in Australia: What happened and where might we “capably” go? Lewis Hughes, Len Cairns -- 2.3 Measuring Occupational Competences: Concept, Method and Findings of the COMET project, Felix Rauner, Lars Heinemann,  Ursel Hauschildt -- 2.4 Occupational Identity and Motivation of Apprentices in a System of Integrated Dual VET, Ursel Hauschildt, Lars Heinemann -- 2.5 Innovative Models of more Interactive Cooperation of VET Schools and Enterprise in China, Zhiqun Zhao, Zishi Luo, Donglian Gu -- 2.6 Developing Complex Performance through Learning Trajectories and re-creating Mediating Artefacts -- Michael Eraut -- 2.7 Conceptual Change Research in TVET, Waldemar Bauer -- 2.8 Experiential Learning Assessment and Competence Development for a Second Career: The case of alternating training pprogrammes for professional promotion, Philippe Astier, Lucie Petit --  3. Towards an Open TVET Architecture: Why European and National Qualification Frameworks do not suffice -- 3.1 Differences in the Organisation of Apprenticeship in Europe: Findings of a Comparative Evaluation Study, Felix Rauner,  Wolfgang Wittig -- 3.2 Implementing the EQF: English as distinct from Continental Bricklaying Qualifications, Michaela Brockmann, Linda Clarke, Christopher Winch -- 3.3 Trends, Issues and Challenges for EU VET Policies beyond 2010, Pascaline Descy, Guy Tchibozo, Jasper van Loo -- 3.4 ‘Evidence’ about ‘Outcome Orientation’ - Austrian experience with European policies, Lorenz Lassnigg -- 3.5 Successful in Reforming the TVET System and Shaping the Society: The Example of the Mubarak Kohl Initiative, Edda Grunwald, Bernhard Becker -- 3.6 Accelerating Artisan Training: A Response to the South African Skills Challenge, Salim Akoojee -- 3.7 The Role of Social Partners and the Status of Apprenticeship in Turkey, Özlem Ünlühisarcıklı,  Arjen Vos..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9789400777538
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 295 p. 18 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 407.1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Familie ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This book presents the forefront of research in the emerging field of family language policy. This is the first volume to explore the link between family language policy, practice and management in the light of state and community language policy in more than 20 ethno-linguistic communities worldwide. Contributions by leading scholars from eight countries and three continents offer insights in how family language policy might be interpreted from various theoretical perspectives, using innovative methodologies. In particular, the authors present novel data on successful family language practices such as faith-related literacy activities and homework sessions, as well as management, including prayer, choice of bilingual education, and links with mainstream and complementary learning, which permit the realization of language ideology within three contexts: immigrant families, inter-marriage families, and minority and majority families in conflict-ridden societies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9789400748576 , 1283698072 , 9781283698078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 218 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Anthropology ; Education ; Education ; Anthropology ; Erziehung ; Anthropologie
    Abstract: This invaluable addition to Springer’s Explorations of Educational Purpose series is a revelatory ethnographic account of the visual material culture of contemporary youths in North America. The author’s detailed study follows apparently dissimilar groups (black and Latino/a in a New York City after-school club, and white and Indigenous in a small Canadian community) as they inflect their nascent identities with a sophisticated sense of visual material culture in today’s globalized world. It provides detailed proof of how much ethnography can add to what we know about young people’s development, in addition to its potential as a model to explore new and significant avenues in pedagogy.Supported by a wealth of ethnographic evidence, the analysis tracks its subjects’ responses to strikingly diverse material ranging from autobiographical accounts by rap artists to the built environment. It shows how young people from the world’s cultural epicenter, just like their counterparts in the sub-Arctic, construct racial, geographic and gender identities in ways that are subtly responsive to what they see around them, blending localized characteristics with more widely shared visual references that are now universally accessible through the Web. The work makes a persuasive case that youthful engagement with visual material culture is a relational and productive activity that is simultaneously local and global, at once constrained and enhanced by geography, and possesses a potent and life-affirming authenticity. Densely interwoven with young people’s perspectives, the author’s account sets out an innovative and interdisciplinary conceptual framework affording fresh insights into how today’s youth assimilate what they perceive to be significant.
    Description / Table of Contents: Youth Identities, Localities, and Visual Material Culture; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Boxes; List of Figures; List of Tables; Permissions; Chapter 1: Telling Stories, Forging Links, and Researching Lives; Telling Stories; Forging Links; Locality and the Global Postmodern; Researching Lives; A 'New' Multi-sited Ethnography; A Visual-Based Ethnography; Representing Youth; Aims and Overview of the Book; References; Chapter 2: Understanding Youth Culture, Visual Material Culture, and Local Places; Introduction; Non-relational and Relational Visual Art Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Youth and Popular CultureYouth Culture Approaches; Local Youth Culture Approaches; Conceptualising Culture, Locality, and Identity; Reconstructive Postmodernism; A Sociocultural Approach; Cultural Artefacts and Mediated Action; A Relational Understanding: Locality, Identity, Culture; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Multi-sites: New York City, USA, and Yukon Territory, Canada; Introduction; New York City and Hope After-School Club, 2005-2006; Yukon Territory and Barlow, 2006; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Representin' Place: Place-Making and Place-Based Identities; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Early Days at the HopePlace-Making; '[I]n New York it's all about the hip-hop': Constructing New York; Making the Boroughs; 'My Neighbor-HOOD': The 'Hood and the Ghetto; 'In Puerto Rico You Just Go Free': Constructing Homeland; Place-Based Identities; 'You gotta represent': Expressing (and Creating)Place-Based Identities; Imagined Places, Imagined Selves; References; Chapter 5: (Re)constructing Race: Racial Identities and the Borders of Race; Introduction; Constructing Racial Identities; 'Oh, I'll never be that white': Constructing White Identities
    Description / Table of Contents: 'Everything about me is black': Constructing Black Identities'[Y]ou need to speak Spanish to be Spanish': Constructing Latina/Latino Identities; Maintaining and Reworking Racial Borders; 'You wanna say the n-word, you gonna get popped': Maintaining the Borders; Constructing Authenticity; 'Like a black rican, a blackarican': Reworking Borders; Racial Spaces, Racial Selves; References; Chapter 6: Negotiating Gender: Gender Narratives and Gender Identities; Introduction; Conceptualising Gender and Gender Narratives; Gender Narratives at the Hope: Gangstas, Girlie Girls, and Tomboys
    Description / Table of Contents: 'Rappers Are All Gangstas': Making Sense of Gangstas'Paris Hilton is the queen of the girlie girls': Making Sense of Girlie Girls; 'Missy Elliot, she has it going on, like she a tomboy': Making Sense of Tomboys; Localising and Using Narratives; Negotiating Gender Identities; '[W]hy do you gotta go around with guns in your pocket instead of using your fists?': Negotiating Masculinities; Toughness; Survival; Community, Friends, and Family; Talent; 'Good girls gotta get down with the gangstas': Negotiating Femininities; Self-Respect; Respecting Your Body; Self-Control and Choice; Heterosexuality
    Description / Table of Contents: Individuality
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgements -- Part I Contemporary Youth, VMC, and Local Place -- Chapter 1 Telling stories, forging links, researching lives -- Chapter 2 Understanding youth culture, visual material culture, and local places -- Chapter 3. Multi-sites:  New York City, USA, and Yukon Territory, Canada -- Part II Making place, race, and gender: Ethnographic illustrations, From New York City and Yukon, Canada -- Chapter 4 Representin’ place: Place-making and place-based identities -- Chapter 5 (Re)constructing race: Racial identities, and the borders of race -- Chapter 6 Negotiating Gender: Gender Narratives and gender identities -- Chapter 7 Northern Landscapes: Place- and identity-making in northern Canada -- Part III Education in the context of visual material culture -- Chapter 8: Theoretical, methodological, and pedagogical possibilities -- Appendices -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9789400745780
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages
    Abstract: Even as Anglophone power wanes in Asia, and China and India rise, the role of the English language in the region continues to develop. How are students in Asian nations such as Vietnam, Malaysia and China itself being taught English? This much-needed overview analyzes the differing language education policies of selected countries that also include Indonesia, Japan and Sri Lanka. Noting ASEAN’s adoption of English as its sole working language, it traces the influence of globalization on English language education in Asia: in many systems, it pushes local languages off the curriculum and is taught as a second language after the national one.Informed by a comprehensive review of current research and practice in English teaching in Asia, this volume considers the many different roles English is playing across the region, as well as offering an informed assessment of the prospects of English-and Chinese-being a universal language of communication.
    Description / Table of Contents: English as an International Language in Asia: Implications for Language Education; Foreword; The First Macao International Forum; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Education; 1.2 Communication, International English and Lingua Franca English; 1.3 Languages and Cultures in Contact; 1.4 Norms; References; Chapter 2: World Englishes and Asian Englishes: A survey of the field; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 From International English to World Englishes; 2.3 Current Debates on World Englishes; 2.4 English Across Asia; 2.5 Asian Englishes; 2.6 English and Language Education Across Asia; 2.7 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Education; Chapter 3: English as an International Language in Asia: Implications for language education; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Asean: A Brief Background; 3.3 Indonesia; 3.4 When Should the Student Be Introduced to English?; 3.5 A Lingua Franca Approach; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Complexities of Re-reversal of Language-in-Education Policy in Malaysia; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Background; 4.3 The Re-reversal of Language-in-Education Policy for the Domain of Science and Technology (from English back to Bahasa Malaysia)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Unravelling the Responses: Voices of the Government, Researchers and Parents4.5 Challenges of Teacher Preparedness; 4.6 Rural-Urban Divide; 4.7 The Element of Choice for Schools; 4.8 Language Policy as a Means of Equalising Opportunities amongst Multi-Ethnic Populations; 4.9 The Political Factor; 4.10 Conclusion; References; Newspaper References; Chapter 5: English in Multicultural and Multilingual Indonesian Education; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Indonesian Language as the Language of National Unity; 5.3 Language Policies; 5.4 The Status of Foreign Language Teaching; 5.5 EFL Assessment
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 The Number of Learners and the Shortage of Resources5.7 Development of Schools with International Standards; 5.8 English(es) in the Indonesian Context; 5.9 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Teaching English as an International Language in Mainland China; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Current Education System and English Teaching; 6.3 Synchronic and Diachronic Descriptions of Views About EIL; 6.3.1 A Synchronic Analysis of the Four Official Documents; 6.3.2 A Diachronic Account of the Understanding of Teaching EIL; 6.3.2.1 Changes in the Overall Awareness of the Role of EIL
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.2.2 Advancement in the Understanding of Teaching Cultures6.3.2.3 No Practical Change in the Teaching of the Native Variety; 6.3.3 Summary; 6.4 A Pedagogical Model for the Teaching of EIL; 6.4.1 Linguistic Component; 6.4.2 Cultural Component; 6.4.3 Pragmatic Component; 6.4.4 Advantages of the Pedagogical Model; References; Part II: Communication and Lingua Francas; Chapter 7: English as a Medium for Russians to Communicate in Asia; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Russian Education: ELT and Culture Studies; 7.3 Challenges of Intercultural Communication via English; 7.4 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Global vs. Glocal English: Attitudes and Conceptions among Educators, Administrators and Teachers in Eight Asian Countries
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- World Englishes and Asian Englishes: A Survey of the Field -- EDUCATION . English as an International Language in Asia: Implications for Language Education . The Complexities of Re-reversal of Language-in-Education Policy in Malaysia . English in Multicultural and Multilingual Indonesian Education . Teaching English as an International Language in Mainland China -- COMMUNICATION AND LINGUA FRANCAS . English as a Medium for Russians to Communicate in Asia . Global vs. Glocal English in Dynamic Asia . Lingua Francas as Language Ideologies -- LANGUAGES AND CULTURES IN CONTACT . Negotiating Indigenous Values with Anglo-American Cultures in ELT in Japan: A Case of EIL Philosophy in the Expanding Circle . Switching in International English .-NORMS . English in South Asia - Ambinormative Orientations and the Role of Corpora: The State of the debate in Sri Lanka . Authenticity of English in Asian Popular Music . A Postscript and a Prolegmenon..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789400727892 , 1283935856 , 9781283935852
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 488p. 25 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: CERC Studies in Comparative Education 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Portraits of 21st century Chinese universities
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: History ; Humanities ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; History ; Humanities ; Universities and colleges ; China ; Education, Higher ; China ; College students ; China ; Attitudes ; College teachers ; China ; Attitudes ; College administrators ; China ; Attitudes ; China ; Universität
    Abstract: This book examines the ways in which China’s universities have changed in the dramatic move to a mass stage which has unfolded since the late 1990s. Twelve universities in different regions of the country are portrayed through the eyes of their students, faculty and leaders. The book begins with the national level policy process around the move to mass higher education. This is followed by an analysis of the views of 2,300 students on the 12 campuses about how the changes have affected their learning experiences and civil society involvement. The 12 portraits in the next section are of three comprehensive universities, three education-related universities, three science and technology universities, and three newly emerging private universities. The final chapter sketches the contours of an emerging Chinese model of the university, and explores its connections to China’s longstanding scholarly traditions.
    Description / Table of Contents: Portraits of 21st CenturyChinese Universities:; Contents; List of Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; List of Photos; Foreword; Introduction and Acknowledgements; Research Design; Portraits of 21st Century Chinese Universities; Part I: Overview and Main Themes; 1 Understanding China's Move to Mass Higher Education from a Policy Perspective; The Expansion and Massification of the Chinese System; The Changing Landscape of the Chinese System; A Decentralized Structure to Support the World's Largest System; Issues of Regional Disparity, Quality & Equality, and Employment
    Description / Table of Contents: Attaching High Value to EducationPursuing Optimal Efficiency and Curricular Integration as the Goal; Scholars Involvement in Strategic Planning and Public Communication; Government Policy Papers Having Legislative Power; Adoption of an Enrollment-Based Financing Mechanism and a FeeCharging Policy; A Systematic Decentralization Pushing the Institutions to Strategically Plan for Their Future; Discussion & Conclusion: Theorizing Patterns of Policy Makingin China; Embracing the Market Economy: An Efficiency-Driven Rationale Emerging
    Description / Table of Contents: "Walking on Two Legs": Quality and Equality Issues Coming to the CenterA Shift in the Policy Formation Model?64 What More Can Scholars Do?; 2 Equity, Institutional Change and Civil Society - The Student Experience in China's Move to Mass Higher Education; Introduction; Higher Education and Civil Society; Universities as Civic Actors; Citizenship and Civil Society; Analytical Frameworks; Methods; Limitations; Results of the Survey; Experiences of Access and Success in Higher Education Access; Affordability; Success
    Description / Table of Contents: Perceptions and Experiences of Institutional Change Feelings toward the changesViews on the role of the expansion in socioeconomic development; Flexibility in the selection of courses or programs; Teaching quality; Institutional internationalization; Political Socialization toward Citizenship and Civil Society Civic knowing and wisdom; Associational life as civic action; The interplay among civic knowing, wisdom and action; Discussion of Findings; Martin Trow's Framework Revisited; Reflections on Equal Opportunity in China's Move to Mass Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Reflections on the Role of Mass Higher Education in Nurturing a Civil SocietyConclusions; Part II: Portraits of Three Public Comprehensive Universities; 3 Peking University - Icon of Cultural Leadership; History and Context; The Imperial University and the Early Republic; Cai Yuanpei and the Spirit of Peking University; Peking University in War-time Circumstances; Ma Yinchu and the Spirit of Peking University; Peking University's Move to Mass Higher Education:An Empirical Overview; Growth in Student Enrollments; Beida's Changing Financial Profile; Curricular Evolution
    Description / Table of Contents: Vision and Strategic Direction
    Description / Table of Contents: List of Abbreviations -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Photos -- Foreword; Robert F. ARNOVE -- Introduction and Acknowledgements; Ruth HAYHOE -- PART I: Overview and Main Themes -- 1. Understanding China’s Move to Mass Higher Education from a Policy Perspective; Qiang ZHA -- 2. Equity, Institutional Change and Civil Society - The Student Experience in China’s Move to Mass Higher Education; Jun LI -- PART II: Portraits of Three Public Comprehensive Universities.- 3. Peking University - Icon of Cultural Leadership; Ruth HAYHOE and Qiang ZHA, with YAN Fengqiao -- 4. Nanjing University - Redeeming the Past by Academic Merit; Jun LI and Jing LIN, with GONG Fang -- 5. Xiamen University - A Southeastern Outlook; Ruth HAYHOE and Qiang ZHA, with XIE Zuxu -- PART III: Portraits of Three Education-Related Universities.- 6. East China Normal University - Education in the Lead; Ruth HAYHOE and Qiang ZHA, with LI Mei -- 7. Southwest University - An Unusual Merger and New Challenges; Jun LI and Jing LIN, with LIU Yibin -- 8. Yanbian University - Building a Niche through a Multicultural Identity; Jing LIN and Jun LI, with PIAO Taizhu -- PART IV: Portraits of Three Science and Technology Universities.- 9. The University of Science and Technology of China - Can the Caltech Model take Root in Chinese Soil?; Qiang ZHA and Jun LI, with CHENG Xiaofang -- 10. Huazhong University of Science and Technology - A Microcosm of New China’s Higher Education; Ruth HAYHOE and Jun LI, with CHEN Min and ZHOU Guangli -- 11. Northwest Agricultural and Forestry University - An Agricultural Multiversity?; Qiang ZHA and Ruth HAYHOE, with NIU Hongtai -- PART V: Portraits of Three Private Universities -- 12. Yellow River University of Science and Technology - Pioneer of Private Higher Education; Ruth HAYHOE and Jing LIN, with TANG Baomei -- 13. Xi’an International University - Transforming Fish into Dragons; Jun LI and Jing LIN, with WANG Guan -- 14. Blue Sky - A University for the Socially Marginalized; Jing LIN and Qiang ZHA -- PART VI: Conclusion and Future Directions.- 15. Is There an Emerging Chinese Model of the University?; Qiang ZHA -- Notes on the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789400740471 , 1280996749 , 9781280996740
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 235 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Education and the Kyoto School of Philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geistesgeschichte ; Aesthetics ; Education ; Education ; Aesthetics ; Education Philosophy ; Kioto-Schule ; Pädagogik ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kyōto-Schule ; Pädagogik ; Geistesgeschichte
    Abstract: The work of the Kyoto School represents one of the few streams of philosophy that originate in Japan. Following the cultural renaissance of the Meiji Restoration after Japans period of closure to the outside world (1600-1868), this distinctly Japanese thought found expression especially in the work of Kitaro Nishida, Keiji Nishitani and Hajime Tanabe. Above all this is a philosophy of experience, of human becoming, and of transformation. In pursuit of these themes it brings an inheritance of Western philosophy that encompasses William James, Hume, Kant and Husserl, as well as the psychology of Wilhelm Wundt, into conjunction with Eastern thought and practice. Yet the legacy and continuing reception of the Kyoto School have not been easy, in part because of the coincidence of its prominence with the rise of Japanese fascism. In light of this, then, the Schools ongoing relationship to the thought of Heidegger has an added salience. And yet this remains a rich philosophical line of thought with remarkable salience for educational practice.The present collection focuses on the Kyoto School in three unique ways. First, it concentrates on the Schools distinctive account of human becoming. Second, it examines the way that, in the work of its principal exponents, diverse traditions of thought in philosophy and education are encountered and fused. Third, and with a broader canvas, it considers why the rich implications of the Kyoto School for for philosophy and education have not been more widely appreciated, and it seeks to remedy this.The first part of the book introduces the historical and philosophical background of the Kyoto School, illustrating its importance especially for aesthetic education, while the second part looks beyond this to explore the convergence of relevant streams of philosophy, East and West, ranging from the Noh play and Buddhist practices to American transcendentalism and post-structuralism.
    Description / Table of Contents: Education and the Kyoto School of Philosophy; Contents; Notes on Contributors; Contributors; Chapter 1: Sounding the Echoes - By Way of an Introduction; References; Part I: Thinking of Education in the Kyoto School of Philosophy; Chapter 2: Pure Experience and Transcendence Down; Mind, Matter, and the Methodology of Doubt; Philosophy as Usual?; Nishida and the West; Nothingness and Place; Language, Silence, and Transcendence; Possibilities of Becoming: The Aesthetic and the Political; References; Chapter 3: The Philosophical Anthropology of the Kyoto School and Post-War Pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Development of Philosophical Anthropology in the Kyoto SchoolThe Development of the Kyoto School's 'Pedagogical Anthropology'; Motomori Kimura's Pedagogical Plan; The Establishment of the Kyoto School and Post-War Pedagogical Anthropology; The Post-War Perspective of the Kyoto School as Expressed by Akira Mori's Pedagogical Anthropology; Visions of Pedagogical Anthropology and The Original Theory of Human Formation; The Kyoto School and the Educational Concept of 'Technique' ( gijutsu); The Evaluation of the Kyoto School in the Field of Educational Studies; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Human Lifecycle as an Arch Bridge, Mutuality, Trust in PathosReferences; Chapter 6: The Kyoto School and the Theory of Aesthetic Human Transformation: Examining Motomori Kimura's Interpretation of Friedrich Schiller; Introduction; Aporia in the Interpretation of Aesthetic Letters; Kimura's Interpretation of Schiller (1): 'Purity' of 'Aesthetic Feeling'; 'Pure Feeling' and 'Locus'; Kimura's Interpretation of Schiller (2); the Schöne Seele and 'Absolute Nothingness'; The Kyoto School and Postmodernism; Two Possibilities of 'The Aesthetic': A Reply to Paul Standish
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Led by the 'Self-Generating Idea''Development' and 'Becoming' in the Living Dynamics of Practice; References; Chapter 7: Metamorphoses of 'Pure Experience': Buddhist, Enactive and Historical Turns in Nishida; Nishida's Encounter with James; James and Modern Japan; Buddhism and 'Pure Experience'; Dogen: To Learn the Way with the Body; 'Pure Experience' and the Birth of Modern Japanese Philosophy; Reality and Unifying Activity; Acting-Intuition and the Historical World; The Stand of the Acting Self; 'Action-Perception Coupling' and Self-Awakening
    Description / Table of Contents: World of Historical Reality as Pure Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Kyoto School and J.F. HerbartIntroduction: Philosophy of Education as a Place ('Topos') for a New Discourse Between East and West; Herbart Within Intellectual History; The Logic of Place, or the Epistemology of Moving/Developing; Judgment and Takt; References; Chapter 5: A Genealogy of the Development of the Clinical Theory of Human Becoming; Introdution: Towards a Clinical Theory of Human Becoming; The Establishment of the Pedagogy of the Kyoto School―Motomori Kimura's Hyogen (Expression) Pedagogy; From Pedagogical Anthropology to The Principles of Human Formation ―Akira Mori
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9789400748224
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 219 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy
    Abstract: This is one of two volumes by the same editors that explore historical, philosophical, and cultural perspectives on literacy in China. This volume focuses on Chinese literacy, while the other volume is on English literacy. Since the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the country has witnessed a dramatic increase in its literacy rate, but not without challenges. The essays in this volume provide a comprehensive, cross-disciplinary look at changes in Chinese literacy education from ancient times to the modern day. Together, the essays address a wide array of topics, including early Chinese literacy development, children’s literature, foreign translated literature, and uses of information technology to teach Chinese. This authoritative text brings clarity and precision to the field and serves as a vital core resource for those who want to expand their understanding of Chinese literacy education. Its scope is unmatched even in academic literature in the Chinese language.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perspectives on Teaching and Learning Chinese Literacy in China; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Chinese Language: A Complex System; Future Directions; References; Chapter 1: Historical Perspectives on Chinese Written Language and Literacy Education in China; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Dialects and Chinese Written Language; 1.3 Characteristics of Chinese Written Script; 1.3.1 Logographic/Ideographic Nature of Written Chinese; 1.3.2 Characters as Meaningful Language Units; 1.3.3 Syllables as Pronunciation Units; 1.3.4 Radicals and Phonetics in Compound Characters
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.5 Writing Strokes in Chinese Script1.4 Ancient Chinese Literacy Education: Historical Perspectives; 1.4.1 Shang Dynasty; 1.4.2 Zhou Dynasty; 1.4.3 Qin Dynasty; 1.4.4 Han Dynasty; 1.4.5 Wei-Jin Southern and Northern Dynasties; 1.4.6 Sui and Tang Dynasties; 1.4.7 Song Dynasty; 1.4.8 Yuan and Ming Dynasties; 1.4.9 Qing Dynasty; 1.5 Literacy Learning and the Nature of Chinese Orthography; 1.5.1 Reading Aloud to Learn Characters; 1.5.2 Tracing and Writing Characters; 1.5.3 Recitation of Character Texts and Poems; 1.5.4 Six Principles of Character Writing; 1.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Literacy in Ancient China: A Culturally and Socially Situated Role in Historical Times2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Characteristics of Chinese Characters; 2.3 Cultural, Social, and Political Roles of Chinese Written Language; 2.3.1 Chinese Written Language: A Means of Cultural and National Identity; 2.3.2 Capacity of Chinese Script to Accommodate Different Dialects and Oral Languages; 2.3.3 Chinese Characters as Representations of Cultural Identity; 2.3.3.1 Chinese Calligraphy as an Art Form; 2.3.3.2 Effects of Ideographic Feature of Characters on Daily Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 Chinese Written Language: A Means of Institutional Maintenance2.3.4.1 Role of Written Script in History Writing; 2.3.4.2 Homophone Taboos; 2.4 Conclusions; 2.5 Implications; References; Chapter 3: Foreign Literature Education in China's Secondary Schools from 1919 to 1949; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nature of Translated Foreign Literature in Chinese Textbooks; 3.3 Uses of Translated Foreign Literature in Chinese Instruction; 3.4 Popular Authors and Translators of Foreign Literature; 3.5 Educational Ideas and Teaching Methods; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix A: The 24 Junior High School Chinese Textbooks ReviewedAppendix B: The Seven High School Chinese Textbooks Reviewed; References; Chapter 4: Influences of the Cultural Revolution on Chinese Literacy Instruction; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Beginnings of the Cultural Revolution; 4.3 Political Content of Chinese Language and Literacy Instruction; 4.3.1 Two Newspapers and One Magazine; 4.3.2 Big Character Posters; 4.3.3 Mao´s Little Red Book; 4.3.4 Chinese Literacy Textbooks; 4.3.5 Revolutionary Diaries; 4.4 Connecting Mental and Manual Labor in the Countryside and Cities; 4.5 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- 1. Historical Perspectives on Chinese Written Language and Literacy Education in China -- 2. Literacy in Ancient China: A Culturally and Socially Situated Role in Historical Times -- 3. Foreign Literature Education in China’s Secondary Schools from 1919 to 1949 -- 4. Influences of the Cultural Revolution on Chinese Literacy Instruction -- 5. Chinese Language Pedagogy and Human Dignity: The Special Rank Teacher in the Aftermath of the Cultural Revolution -- 6. Early Literacy Education in China: A Historical Overview -- 7. Chinese Youth Literature: A Historical Overview -- 8. Primary School Chinese Language and Literacy Curriculum Reforms in China After 1949 -- 9. High School Chinese Language and Literacy Curriculum Reforms -- 10. Chinese Lian Huan Hua and Literacy: Popular Culture Meets Youth Literature -- 11. Information and Communication Technologies for Literacy Education in China -- 12. Family Literacy in China..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400749948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 166 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; China ; Englischunterricht ; Fremdsprachenlernen
    Abstract: This is one of two volumes by the same editors that explore historical, philosophical, and cultural perspectives on literacy in China. This volume focuses on English literacy in China, while the other volume is on Chinese literacy. In modern day China, English has enjoyed an increasingly important status in education, but not without challenges. The essays in this volume provide a comprehensive, cross-disciplinary look at changes in English literacy practices and literacy instruction in China from the first English school in the 19th century to recent curriculum reform efforts to modernize English instruction from basic education through higher education. Together, the essays address a wide array of topics, including early childhood English education, uses of information technology to teach English, and teaching English to Chinese minority students. This work is essential reading for those who want to expand their understanding of English literacy education in China.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perspectives on Teaching and Learning EnglishLiteracy in China; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Future Directions; References; Chapter 1: Social Ideologies and the English Curriculum in China: A Historical Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Mainstream Philosophies and English Education in China; 1.2.1 Confucianism and English Education in Imperial Times; 1.2.2 Deweyan Pragmatism and English Education in the Republic Era; 1.2.3 Marxism and English Education; 1.3 Historical Development of English Education in China After 1949; 1.3.1 English Under the Soviet Influence from 1949 to 1960
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.2 Seeking Quality in English Education from 1961 to 19661.3.3 English in the Cultural Revolution from 1966 to 1976; 1.3.4 English for Modernization Under Deng Xiaoping from 1977 to 1993; 1.3.5 English for Globalization from 1993 to Present; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: English Language Teaching in Higher Education in China: A Historical and Social Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 A Brief History of ELT in China's Higher Education; 2.2.1 Before 1949: Interpreter Training Colleges and Missionary Colleges and Universities
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2 From 1949 to 1965: An Interlude with Russian Followed by a Revival of English Education2.2.3 From 1966 to 1976: The Cultural Revolution; 2.2.4 From 1976 to 2000: The Open Door Policy and the Four Modernizations; 2.2.5 The Twenty-First Century: WTO, 2008 Olympics, and China's International Stature; 2.3 Social Perspectives of ELT in Higher Education in China; 2.3.1 The Importance of ELT in Higher Education in China; 2.3.2 Debates about Educational Reform in ELT; 2.3.3 Tension Between Essence and Utility in ELT at the Tertiary Level; 2.4 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: English Curriculum and Assessment for Basic Education in China3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Historical Overview of English Curriculum in Basic Education; 3.2.1 Soviet Period (1949-1956); 3.2.2 Exploration Period (1957-1965); 3.2.3 Destruction Period (1966-1976); 3.2.4 Restoration Period (1977-1985); 3.2.5 Compulsory Education Period (1986-1998); 3.2.6 Quality Education Period (1999-Present); 3.3 Current English Curriculum Standards; 3.4 Assessment Issues; 3.5 Challenges Ahead; 3.5.1 Curriculum and National Foreign Language Needs; 3.5.2 Implementation Issues; 3.5.3 Assessment for Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 ConclusionReferences; Chapter 4: Early Childhood English Education in China; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Historical Development of Early English Literacy Education; 4.2.1 Stage 1: From the Opium Wars to the Early 1920s; 4.2.2 Stage 2: From the 1920s to the Late 1940s; 4.2.3 Stage 3: From the Early 1950s to the End of the 1970s; 4.2.4 Stage 4: The 1980s to the Present; 4.3 Current English Fever in Chinese Early Childhood Education; 4.3.1 Change in Attitudes of Local Governments Towards English; 4.3.2 Multicultural Social Environment of Children
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.3 In fl uence of Parents' Experiences Learning English
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- 1. Social Ideologies and the English Curriculum in China: A Historical Overview -- 2. English Language Teaching in Higher Education in China: A Historical and Social Overview -- 3. English Curriculum and Assessment for Basic Education in China -- 4. Early Childhood English Education in China -- 5. Chinese Primary School English Curriculum Reform -- 6. 21st Century Senior High School English Curriculum Reform in China -- 7. English Curriculum in Higher Education in China for Non-English Majors -- 8. After School English Language Learning in China -- 9. English Teaching and Learning in Ethnic Minority Regions in China: Challenges and Opportunities -- 10. Use of Technology to Support the Learning and Teaching of English in China.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789048139491
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 197 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Science, environment, health
    Parallel Title: Print version Science | Environment | Health : Towards a Renewed Pedagogy for Science Education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science ; Study and teaching ; Congresses ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Curriculumreform
    Abstract: Though health issues are recognized as part of the science curricula, health educational contexts are generally not included in science education. This book explores the issue and suggests ways that health and environmental education can be combined
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9462090017 , 9789462090019
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (170 p.)
    DDC: 305.31
    Keywords: Gender ; Masculinity ; Men / Social conditions ; EDUCATION / Elementary ; Education ; Sciences sociales ; Sciences humaines ; Erziehung ; Male elementary school teachers Social conditions ; Male elementary school teachers Psychology ; Geschlechterrolle ; Männlichkeit ; Grundschullehrer ; USA ; USA ; Grundschullehrer ; Männlichkeit ; Geschlechterrolle
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Scott Richardson gives us a finely detailed experiential account of how gender and teaching are woven together in public schools. Through his own memories and the narrativized experiences of his research subjects, Richardson demonstrates both the institutional benefits associated with being male and the fragility of masculinity. Membership in the "Boys' Club" of hypermasculinity requires constant checking, surveillance, and choices that fit within the narrow range of dominant masculinity (so well detailed by R. W. Connell). Richardson's causal style parallels the ease with which men in leaders , Owen and Scott -- - Scott -- - Owen -- - Fairfield Elementary -- - Alex's Year Begins -- - Alex's Year -- - Alex's Year Ends -- - Dru -- - Sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400714656 , 9400714653
    Language: English
    Pages: XXVI, 753 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bekerman, Zvi, 1950 - International Handbook of Migration, Minorities and Education
    DDC: 371.82
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Minorities Education ; Immigrants Education ; Educational sociology ; Minorities ; Education ; Immigrants ; Education ; Educational sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Nationale Minderheit ; Lernen ; Kulturvergleich
    Note: Enthält 47 Beiträge , Literaturangaben
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 1402095287 , 9781402095290 , 9781402095283
    Language: English
    Pages: VIII, 239 S. , Ill. , 24 cm
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Media Education in Asia
    DDC: 302.2307105
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education ; Medienpädagogik ; Asien ; Australien ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mass media ; Study and teaching ; Asia
    Note: Formerly CIP Uk. - Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789048123582
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (digital)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Lehrer ; Berufslaufbahn ; Lehrerfortbildung
    Abstract: Collects various scholarly contributions and perspectives on teachers' career trajectories and work lives. This work describes a variety of national contexts, illustrating how problems and challenges relating to the teaching profession manifest themselves and are tackled in different countries
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction to Teachers' Career Trajectories; Teachers' Career Trajectories: An Examination of Research; Career Stories as Gateway to Understanding Teacher Development; Committed for Life? Variations in Teachers' Work, Lives and Effectiveness; On the Unacknowledged Significance of Teachers' Habitus and Dispositions; Teachers' Professional Learning and the Workplace Curriculum; Careers Under Stress: Teacher Adaptations at a Time of Intensive Reform; Postscript to 'Careers Under Stress: Teacher Adaptations at a Time of Intensive Reform'
    Description / Table of Contents: The Careers of Urban Teachers: A Synthesis of Findings from UCLA's Longitudinal Study of Urban EducatorsTeacher Gender and Career Patterns; Regenerating Teachers; Listening to Professional Life Stories: Some Cross-Professional Perspectives; Epilogue: Teaching Professions in Restructuring Contexts;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9781402090189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxvii, 1238 Seiten)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: International handbooks of religion and education Volume 3
    Series Statement: International handbooks of religion and education
    DDC: 207.5
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Religion and education
    Abstract: Acknowledging and understanding spiritual formation is vital in contemporary education. This book explores the dynamic relationship between education and wellbeing. It examines the theory underpinning the practice of education in different societies where spirituality and care are believed to be at the heart of all educational experiences. The book recognizes that, regardless of the context or type of educational experience, education is a caring activity in which the development of the whole person - body, mind and spirit - is a central aim for teachers and educators in both formal and inform
    Description / Table of Contents: CONTENTS; Author Biographies; General Introduction; I The Psychology of Religion and Spirituality: Implications forEducation and Wellbeing - An Introduction; 1 Ways of Studying the Psychology of Religion and Spirituality; 2 Measuring Religiousness and Spirituality: Issues, ExistingMeasures, and the Implications for Education and Wellbeing; 3 Examining Religious and Spiritual Development During Childhoodand Adolescence; 4 Understanding and Assessing Spiritual Health; 5 The Contribution of Religiousness and Spirituality to SubjectiveWellbeing and Satisfaction with Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Culture, Religion and Spirituality in Relation to Psychiatric Illness7 Psychological Type Theory and Religious and SpiritualExperiences; 8 Understanding the Attitudinal Dimensions of Religion andSpirituality; 9 Social, Religious and Spiritual Capitals: A PsychologicalPerspective; 10 Mystical, Religious, and Spiritual Experiences; 11 The Spiritual Dimension of Coping: Theoretical and PracticalConsiderations; 12 The Psychology of Faith Development; 13 The Psychology of Prayer: A Review of Empirical Research; II The Role of Spirituality in Human Development and Identity: AnIntroduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 14 Spirituality and Mental Health: The Mystery of Healing15 The Dynamics of Spiritual Development; 16 Does Positive Psychology Have a Soul for Adolescence?; 17 Voices of Global Youth on Spirituality and Spiritual Development:Preliminary Findings from a Grounded Theory Study; 18 Moment to Moment Spirituality in Early Childhood Education; 19 Children's Spiritual Intelligence; 20 In Search of the Spiritual: Adolescent Transitions as Portals to theSpirit Self; 21 Reflection for Spiritual Development in Adolescents
    Description / Table of Contents: 22 Developing Contemplative Capacities in Childhood andAdolescence: A Rationale and Overview23 The Contribution of Spirituality to "Becoming a Self" in Child andYouth Services; 24 Coming of Age as a Spiritual Task in Adolescence; 25 Youthful Peak Experiences in Cross-Cultural Perspective:Implications for Educators and Counselors; 26 Peak Experiences Explored Through Literature; 27 Developing Spiritual Identity: Retrospective Accounts FromMuslim, Jewish, and Christian Exemplars
    Note: Enthält Part 1 und 2. - Auf der Titelseite als Part 1 bezeichnet
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9780387981253
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Print version Argumentation and Education
    DDC: 370.152
    Keywords: Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: Constituting an important dimension of daily life and of professional activities, argumentation plays a special role in democracies and is at the heart of philosophical reasoning and scientific inquiry. This title provides both theoretical backgrounds, and examples of experiments and results in school contexts in a range of domains
    Description / Table of Contents: 184287_1_En_FM1_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_1_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_2_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_3_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_4_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_5_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_6_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_7_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_8_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_9_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_BM1_Chapter.pdf; 184287_1_En_BM2_Chapter.pdf;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402063022
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook Of Phenomenological Research 95
    DDC: 100
    RVK:
    Keywords: Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Konferenzschrift ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: Education is the transmission of knowledge and skill from one generation to another, and is vitally significant for the growth and unfolding of the living individual. It manifests the quintessential ability of the logos to differentiate life in self-individualization from within, and in its spread through inter-generative networks. The present collection of papers focuses on the underpinnings of the creative workings of the human strategies of reason.
    Abstract: Education is the transmission of knowledge and skill from one generation to another, and is vitally significant for the growth and unfolding of the living individual. It manifests the quintessential ability of the logos to differentiate life in self-individualization from within, and in its spread through inter-generative networks. Without reaching the evolutive phase of the human creative condition, the human being establishes a unique creative platform on which to conduct its co-existence. On this platform the progress of life is being transformed from a natural ontopoietic accomplishment into an autonomous achievement of the creative planning of the human mind. Specifically, human education focuses upon creative planning moving like a pendulum between nature and freedom. The present collection of papers focuses on the underpinnings of the creative workings of the human strategies of reason. Papers by: Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka, Zaiga Ikere, Daniela Verducci, Klymet Selvi, Andrina Tonkli-Komel, Jan Szmyd, Brian Grassom, Alon Segev, Mara Rubene, Dean Komel, Patricia Trutty-Coohill, Carmen Cozma, Piotr Mroz, Clara Mandolini, Mobeen Shahid, Semiha Akinci, Oliver W. Holmes, Khawaja Muhammad Saeed, Angela Ales Bello, Virpi Yliraudanjoki, Brian Hughes, Ella Buceniece, Halil Turan, Fabio Petrelli, Roberto Verolini, Bronislaw Bombala, Osvaldo Rossi, Joanna Handerek, Rimma Kurenkova, M. Chkeneva, Maija Kule, Nikolay Kozhevnikov
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Education For Creative Planning; Human Being as a Creative Differentiator of the Logos of Life; Education And The Ontopoietic Conception Of Life; Phenomenological Approach in Education; Poetry and Knowledge in Plato'S Critique of Sophistic Education; Civilizational Contexts of the Contemporary Educational Crisis; Beyond Knowledge; Philosophical System and Art Experience in Hegel and Gadamer; Distance Education "Here" and "now"; Art As The Possibility Of Philosophical; Can Art Be Taught?; Ethical View upon the Human Situation Within the "Unity-of-Everything-There-is-Alive"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Educational Aspect of the Primordial Situation of One's Being-in-the-worldAction, Work, and Education in Blondel; Husserl's Phenomenological Analysis of Ethics As a Foundation for Pedagogy; The Philosophical Roots of the Concepts of Equality and Justice in Education; Theories of Nature and Education in the Development of the Human Self in the Eighteenth Century; Spiritual Experience and the Foundation of Education; Self-Cultivation and Educative Responsibility; Merleau-Ponty's in Northern Feminist Education Context; Hermeneutic Excellence as a Meta-Ethic
    Description / Table of Contents: Sensuous Experience and Transcendental Empiricism (F. Brentano, E. Husserl, P. DAle)Learning by Eureka; Rethinking Education from the Perspective of Life; In Search of a New Model of Education; Art Between Communion and Communication; Relations with Others in the Face of Lévinas' il-y-a; Communication in the Teacher Training University; Humanities in Transcending the Perspective of Experience; Phenomenology of Modern Universalism; Back Matter
    Note: "Published under the auspices of the World Institute for Advanced Phenomenological Research and Learning , Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | [Berlin : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402063879
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 11
    DDC: 370.95
    Keywords: Education ; Arts ; Performing arts ; Humanities
    Abstract: Currently not available, will follow before Dec 30.
    Abstract: Written by leaders in a wide range of creative fields and from all corners of the Asian region, this collection of essays presents arts and education programs which reflect traditional and contemporary practices. The volume brings together researchers, practitioners, educators, children and young people with shared interests in the arts and activities that cross disciplinary divisions and aims to encourage the use of the arts in developing international understanding, celebrating cultural diversity, building cultural bridges and creating cross-cultural dialogue throughout the Asian region. Thi
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arts - Unifying Principles in Education; Masters and Pupils; Art for Education; Arts Education in Iran; The Arts-in-Education Programme; Arts Education in Cambodia; Representation of Japanese Art at the Art Gallery of New South Wales (Sydney, Australia); Mountains in the Evolution of Visual Arts in Kyrgyzstan; Development of Contemporary Art in Thailand; Information Technology, Art Education and Creativity in Singapore; The Power of Creation and Expression in Digital-Age Children; Art Education in Uzbekistan; To Strive, to Seek, to Find and not to Yield
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Education for Sustaining CommunitiesNew and Varied Initiatives in Arts Education for Cultural Development in Philippine Society; Crossroads for Cultural Education Through Music; Symphony and Sa Re Ga; A Paradigm Shift in Teaching Music in Schools; Layers of Thought on Korean Music, Music Education and the Value of Music and Arts in the Context of Education and Human Development; Rasa - A Life Skill; Tertiary Dance Education in Malaysia; Theatre and Education; The Black Box Exercise; Conclusion
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402064463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 371.207
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education and state ; Educational tests and measurements ; Bildungswesen ; Organisationsentwicklung ; Governance
    Abstract: Educational systems are now more than ever faced with the challenge of improving their performance and proving that suitable measures are being taken to guarantee greater efficiency regarding equity. Bringing together a wide range of disciplines and experience in several countries, this book details possible models of governance and describes ways to measure their effects in terms of efficiency and equity.
    Abstract: Education has increasingly become the focus of public discourse and policy, with its methods, resources and achievements widely debated. As a result, educational systems are now more than ever faced with the challenge of improving their performance and of proving that suitable measures are being taken to guarantee greater efficiency regarding equity. This desire for better results requires that better methods for their measurement exist so that they can be better understood and, ultimately, improved. Several disciplines have already developed instruments for this purpose. The educational sciences have been particularly active in this field. Other disciplines, such as sociology, economics, management, information technology, and political science are also making significant contributions to the emergence of a better form of governance. Before one can benefit from these developments, one first must know about their existence and analyse and question them. The proposed book is unique in that it brings together a wide range of disciplines and experience from several countries. What are possible models of governance? How do we measure their effects in terms of efficiency and equity? What type of contribution can financial and information systems make? How do we adapt the prevailing culture to the challenge of better performance? These are some of the concrete questions to which this book provides an answer.
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Introduction: Governance and Performance of Education Systems; The New Regulation Forms of Educational Systems in Europe: Towards a Post-bureaucratic Regime; Comparing Higher Education Governance Systems in Four European Countries; Purpose and Limits of a National Monitoring of the Education System Through Indicators; Measuring and Comparing the Equity of Education Systems in Europe; The Economic Benefits of Improved Teacher Quality; Direct Democracy and Public Education in Swiss Cantons; School Factors Related to Quality: Multilevel Analysis for Three Swiss Cantons
    Description / Table of Contents: Are Swiss Secondary Schools Efficient?Funding Schools by Formula; A Cost Model of Schools: School Size, School Structure and Student Composition; The Potential of School Information Systems for Enhancing School Improvement; School Autonomy and Financial Manoeuvrability: French Principals' Strategies; Finnish Strategy for High-Level Education for All; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402066139
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2007 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Educational Research: Networks and Technologies 2
    Parallel Title: Print version Educational Research
    DDC: 370.72
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Empirische Forschung ; Pädagogik ; Forschungsmethode
    Abstract: There have always been networks in the context of educational research as well as particular technologies. Yet recent developments in ICT have put their mark on contemporary education and on educational research and more in general on knowledge and understanding. Does the ???network society??? and its supporting technologies constitute a thoroughly radical innovation in social practice? Does information technology poison the minds of the younger generation? Do educational institutions have to be transformed in order to effectively serve the needs of the twenty-first century? And what are the i
    Description / Table of Contents: FM.pdf; Toc.pdf; Book_Smeyers.pdf; Introduction.pdf; Ch-01.pdf; Ch-02.pdf; Ch-03.pdf; Ch-04.pdf; Ch-05.pdf; Ch-06.pdf; Ch-07.pdf; Ch-08.pdf; Ch-09.pdf; Ch-10.pdf; Ch-11.pdf; Ch-12.pdf; Ch-13.pdf; Ch-14.pdf; Ch-15.pdf; Ch-16.pdf
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9781402057762
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Religion and Education 2
    DDC: 371.0712
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: Knowledge of Catholic educational scholarship and research has been largely confined to specific national settings. Now is the time to bring together this scholarship. This is the first international handbook on Catholic educational scholarship and research. The unifying theme of the Handbook is 'Catholic Education: challenges and responses' in a number of international settings. In addition to analyzing the largest faith-based educational system worldwide, the book also critically examines contemporary issues such as church-state relations and the impact of secularization and globalization.
    Abstract: Knowledge of Catholic educational scholarship and research has been largely confined to specific national settings. Now is the time to bring together this scholarship in an international Handbook reflecting the fact that the Catholic Church is an international organisation and that its various educational systems can learn from each other. The unifying theme of the Handbook will be 'Catholic Education: challenges and responses' in a number of international settings. The analytical focus will be problem orientated in examining church-state relations, the consequences of globalisation, the impact of secularisation, the extent of Vatican II transformations of educational policy and practice, issues of school leadership and governance and other contemporary challenges. At the same time an examination will be undertaken of the various responses which are being made to these challenges. The two volumes will be organized by geography.
    Description / Table of Contents: Grace_FM.pdf; Grace Ch01.pdf; Grace Ch02.pdf; Grace Ch03.pdf; Grace Ch04.pdf; Grace Ch05.pdf; Grace Ch06.pdf; Grace Ch07.pdf; Grace Ch08.pdf; Grace Ch09.pdf; Grace Ch10.pdf; Grace Ch11.pdf; Grace Ch12.pdf; Grace Ch13.pdf; Grace Ch14.pdf; Grace Ch15.pdf; Grace Ch16.pdf; Grace Ch17.pdf; Grace Ch18.pdf; Grace Ch19.pdf; Grace Ch20.pdf; Grace Ch21.pdf; Grace Ch22.pdf; Grace Ch23.pdf; Grace Ch24.pdf; Grace Ch25.pdf; Grace Ch26.pdf; Grace Ch27.pdf; 978-1-4020-5776-2_Book_OnlinePDF.pdf;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9781402066788
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 134 S.) , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Genetic epistemology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Pädagogik ; Empirische Forschung ; Neoliberalismus ; Szientismus
    Abstract: "This volume offers a critical examination of the growing pressure to apply scientific principles as a means to improve education. The authors trace the ideology of scientism to the early faith Auguste Comte placed in science and the scientific method as a panacea to all human problem solving. By revealing many of the epistemological problems confronted by the social sciences, including education, the authors undermine the prevailing view that a science of education is possible or desirable. Besides revealing the epistemological problems associated with education research, they suggest that the instrumentalism and micro level responsibility related to scientism in education constitute a manipulative ideological smokescreen to distract public attention away from the structural inequities that generate disparate academic outcomes among students in industrialized democracies. The book deals a severe blow to the belief that science is a suitable lens through which to view or strengthen educational practice. ""One begins this book with the skeptical belief that it can t be right. The task of reading, then, is to locate where Hyslop-Margison goes wrong to reach his radical and disturbing conclusions. At the very least, even the most skeptical will have to recognize that the unsayable that current educational research has proven largely fruitless for discernable reasons is certainly plausible. He brilliantly brings an issue that has been considered too eccentric to contemplate into the heart of current educational discourse. Everyone concerned with educational research researchers and those policy-makers, administrators, and other educational workers who draw on the products of educational research should read this important book carefully."" Kieran Egan, Faculty of Education, Simon Fraser University"
    Abstract: "This volume offers a critical examination of the growing pressure to apply scientific principles as a means to improve education. The authors trace the ideology of scientism to the early faith Auguste Comte placed in science and the scientific method as a panacea to all human problem solving. By revealing many of the epistemological problems confronted by the social sciences, including education, the authors undermine the prevailing view that a science of education is possible or desirable. Besides revealing the epistemological problems associated with education research, they suggest that the instrumentalism and micro level responsibility related to scientism in education constitute a manipulative ideological smokescreen to distract public attention away from the structural inequities that generate disparate academic outcomes among students in industrialized democracies. The book deals a severe blow to the belief that science is a suitable lens through which to view or strengthen educational practice. ""One begins this book with the skeptical belief that it can t be right. The task of reading, then, is to locate where Hyslop-Margison goes wrong to reach his radical and disturbing conclusions. At the very least, even the most skeptical will have to recognize that the unsayable that current educational research has proven largely fruitless for discernable reasons is certainly plausible. He brilliantly brings an issue that has been considered too eccentric to contemplate into the heart of current educational discourse. Everyone concerned with educational research researchers and those policy-makers, administrators, and other educational workers who draw on the products of educational research should read this important book carefully."" Kieran Egan, Faculty of Education, Simon Fraser University"
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Introduction; Education Research; Epistemological Problems in Social Science Research; Empirical Research in Education; Education Research as Analytic Truths; Empirical Research as Neo-liberal Ideology; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 126-130) and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402060939
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Inclusive Education: Cross Cultural Perspectives 5
    DDC: 371.9046
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy ; Integrationspädagogik ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: The inclusion of disabled children and those with difficult behaviour is increasingly being seen as an impossible challenge and, not surprisingly, concerns are being expressed by teachers unions and researchers about teachers??? capacities, and willingness, to manage these demands. With Warnock, the so-called ???architect??? of inclusion now pronouncing this her ???big mistake??? and calling for a return to special schooling, inclusion appears to be under threat as never before. This book takes key ideas of the philosophers of difference ??? Deleuze, Foucault and Derrida ??? and puts them to w
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Territories of Failure; The Repetition of Exclusion in Policy and Legislation; Excluding Research; Deleuze and Guattari's Smooth Spaces; Derrida and the (IM)Possibilities of Justice; Foucault and the Art of Transgression; Teachers and Students: Subverting, Subtracting, Inventing; Nomadic Learning to Teach: Recognition, Rupture and Repair; Performing Inclusion: Instructive Arts Experiences; Inclusive Research?; The Politics of Inclusion; Back Matter;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402062261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Enhancing teaching and learning through assessment
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Assessment is the daily life of a teacher; designing plans, setting questions, giving feedback and grading are all activities that teachers undertake on a regular basis. This book provides a practical guide on the effective use of assessment. It includes the use of assessment tools and pedagogical design that help students deepen their learning. Major issues on assessment and some excellent examples are presented as a useful resource to university teachers in enhancing teaching and students' learning.
    Abstract: Assessment is the daily life of a teacher, designing plans, setting questions, giving feedback and grading are all activities that teachers undertake on a regular basis. Yet, the close examination of such activities can be hindered by constraints caused by the context in which different teaching and learning activities occur and an unawareness of the effect that assessment has on the students themselves. This book provides a practical guide on the effective use of assessment. It includes the use of assessment tools and pedagogical design that help students deepen their learning. Major issues on assessment and some excellent examples are presented as a useful resource to university teachers in enhancing teaching and students' learning. It will also be found useful by teachers when implementing various assessment methods. School administrators and teaching development professionals will find the book useful when making decisions related to learning and teaching issues in their institutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Implementing Criterion-Referenced Assessment; Reinforcing Formative and Summative Assessment; Aligning Assessment with Learning and Teaching; Rethinking Teacher Professional Development; Teaching with Group Work, Peer and Self Assessment; Designing Multiple Assessment Methods; Reviewing Outcome-based Assessment and Implementation issues; Examining Assessment in the Workplace; Making Use of Technology in Assessment; Exploring Implementation Issues and their Implications; Back Matter
    Note: "Assessment series"--P. facing t.p , "This book arose out of papers given at the UGC-funded First International Conference 'Enhancing Teaching and Learning through Assessment', held at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in June, 2005"--Foreword , "The contributions ... are from ... Conference titled, 'The First International Conference on Enhancing Teaching and Learning through Assessment'--Acknowledgements , Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9781402060229
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 6
    DDC: 371.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Schulleitung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book offers cutting edge thinking on effective leadership processes. It pulls together the thinking of 16 educators with diverse backgrounds and experiences, all of whom hold keen interests in harnessing the forces that can improve educational opportunity for students. The book is intended to stimulate the thinking of every educator who aspires to influence decision-making and to provide direction to their school, district or institution.
    Abstract: Effective educational leadership, while highly contextualized, is more and more recognized as a crucial input and process variable that determines to a very large extent the outcomes for educational organizations. This book pulls together the thinking of 16 educators with diverse backgrounds and experiences, all of whom hold keen interests in harnessing the forces that can improve educational opportunity for students. Becoming an effective education leader requires more than a passing knowledge of leadership theory, it also requires knowledge of what works in education and an on-going commitment to thinking about how leadership dynamics and pedagogical theory intersect within contextual realities. Intelligent Leadership: Constructs for Thinking Education Leaders is intended to stimulate the thinking of every educator who aspires to influence decision-making and to provide direction to their school, district or institution.
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; In Search of the Elusive General Theory; Observations on Leadership: Linking Theory, Practice and Lived Experience; Change Theory as a Force for School Improvement; What We Know About Educational Leadership; Contemporary Learning Theories, Instructional Design and Leadership; Democratic School Leadership in Canada's Public School Systems: Professional Value and Social Ethic; School and Community; Using Resources Effectively in Education; Leading Towards Learning and Achievement: The Role of Quality Classroom Assessment
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Existing School Leadership Preparation and Development Programs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9781402061844
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Lifelong Learning Book Series 10
    DDC: 649.1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning ; Teachers Training of ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Werterziehung ; Ethikunterricht ; Lebenslanges Lernen
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to provide an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concern for the nature, theory and practices of the ideas of values education and lifelong learning. Each chapter in this book is written in an accessible style by an international expert in the field. The book tackles the task of identifying, analyzing and addressing the key problems, topics and issues relevant to education and Lifelong Learning.
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to provide an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concern for the nature, theory and practices of the ideas of values education and lifelong learning. Each chapter in this book is written in an accessible style by an international expert in the field. Authors tackle the task of identifying, analysing and addressing the key problems, topics and issues relevant to questions about the nature, purpose and scope of values education and Lifelong Learning that are internationally generalisable and, in times of rapid change, of enduring interest to the scholar and practitioner. Authors explore the ways and means by which learners may be encouraged to become educated and grow, both as individual beings and social agents, throughout the whole of their lifespan. The book seeks to provide accounts and critical appraisal of some of the different principles, philosophies, theories, beliefs, traditions and cultures that might form the basis of, frame and furnish the setting for values education policies and programs. We look at some of the main theories behind versions of value in lifelong learning and we point to some of the key concepts and categories at work in such theories. We provide reference to and accounts of some examples of policies or proposals in various national contexts and a range of examples of good practice in policies, programs and curriculum schemes from different schools, school systems and other educating agencies, institutions and organisations around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; The Ontology of Values and Values Education; Opening the Road to Values Education; The Ethics of Lifelong Learning and its Implications for Values Education; Values Education in Context; Rational Autonomy as an Educational Aim; Avoiding Bad Company: The Importance of Moral Habitat and Moral Habits in Moral Education; How Cognitive and Neurobiological Sciences Inform Values Education for Creatures Like us; Challenges for Values Education Today: In Search of a Humanistic Approach for the Cultivation of the Virtue of Private Citizenship; Combining Values and Knowledge Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Formalizing Institutional Identity: A Workable Idea?Values Education: The Missing Link in Quality Teaching and Effective Learning; A Vision Splendid?; "What Kinds of People are We?": Values Education After Apartheid; Anti-egoistic School Leadership: Ecologically Based Value Perspectives for the 21st Century; Teaching for a Better World: The Why and How of Student-initiated Curricula; The Neglected Role of Religion and Worldview in Schooling for Wisdom, Character, and Virtue; Clusters and Learning Networks: A Strategy for Reform in Values Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Values Education and Lifelong Learning: Policy ChallengeLifelong Learning in Asia: Eclectic Concepts, Rhetorical Ideals, and Missing Values. Implications for Values Education; Lifelong Learning, Adult Education, and Democratic Values: Evoking and Shaping an Inclusive Imagination; Whole-School Approaches to Values Education: Models of Practice in Australian Schools; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402061936
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Lifelong Learning Book Series 11
    DDC: 374.001
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education and state ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book provides an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concern for the philosophy, theory, categories and concepts of lifelong learning. Written in a straightforward understandable manner, the book examines in depth the range of philosophical perspectives in the field of lifelong learning theory, policy, practice and applied scholarship.
    Abstract: The aim of this book is provide an easily accessible, practical yet scholarly source of information about the international concern for the philosophy, theory, categories and concepts of lifelong learning. The books is concerned to examine in depth the range of philosophical perspectives in the field of lifelong learning theory, policy, practice and applied scholarship, extending the scale and scope of the substantive contribution made by philosophical and theoretical approaches to our understanding of education. The book seeks to make an informed contribution to shaping, expanding and deepeni
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Lifelong Learning: Concepts and Conceptions; Lifelong Learning and the Politics of the Learning Society; Lifelong Learning and Vocational Education and Training: Values, Social Capital, and Caring in Work-Based Learning Provision; From Adult Education to Lifelong Learning and Back Again; 'Framing' Lifelong Learning in the Twenty-First Century: Towards a Way of Thinking; Lifelong Learning: Conceptual and Ethical Issues; Lifelong Learning: Beyond Neo-Liberal Imaginary; Widening Participation in Higher Education: Lifelong Learning as Capability
    Description / Table of Contents: Lifelong Learning: Exploring Learning, Equity and Redress, and AccessLifelong Learning and Democratic Citizenship Education in South Africa; Lifelong Learning and Knowledge: Towards a General Theory of Professional Inquiry; The Nature of Knowledge and Lifelong Learning; Reading Lifelong Learning Through a Postmodern Lens; Good Practice in Lifelong Learning; Philosophical Perspectives on Lifelong Learning: Insights from Education, Engineering, and Economics; Building a Learning Region: Whose Framework of Lifelong Learning Matters?; Changing Ideas and Beliefs in Lifelong Learning?; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402059452
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Education 16
    DDC: 370.115
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: Education seems to have lost its orientation in Western culture and is in disarray all over the globe in time of global transitions. This book attempts to address the challenge of globalization to education in the broadest sense of the concept of education. The various texts are written by some of the most famous and interesting scholars in the field. This collection is unique and opens the door for further research and public discussion on the future role of education.
    Abstract: Education seems to have lost its orientation in Western culture and is in disarray all over the globe in time of global transitions. Globalizing capitalism is the general headline for some of the most profound, deep and dramatic developments in our era that education must address. The response of educationalists is only in its beginning and there is an urgent need to address the dramatic changes inflicted on/promised to our era philosophically, sociologically, culturally, ecologically, physically, aesthetically and politically. In the proposed book we try to address the challenge of globalization to education in the broadest sense of the concept of education, by treating this challenge in various perspectives through different disciplines and topics within which the challenge of globalization is conceived as the most profound dynamic of this historical moment, a development that is realized in many diverse and different levels, fields and spaces of human and natural existence. The various texts in this collection, written by some of the famous and interesting scholars in the field of philosophy of education and the sociology of education, try to address the richness and diversity of the challenge of globalization. It tries to reconstruct historically, sociologically and philosophically the roots, the practices and the fruits of globalization as a threat and as a gateway for new possibilities for today's education. The collection is a meeting point for research that is not only analytical and critical but also offers new roads and possibilities for education in the 21st century in face of globalization. As such, this collection is unique in this field and opens the door for further research and public discussion on the future role of education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Dialogue, Difference And Globalisation: An Interview With Nicholas C. Burbules; Moral Education, Liberal Education And The Voice Of The Individual; A Kantian Conception Of Human Rights Education; Ambiguities Of Cosmopolitanism: Difference, Gender And The Right To Education; (Dis)Locating Imaginative And Ethical Aims Of Global Education; Education For Responsibility: Knowledge, Ethics And Deliberation; Education For Deliberative Democracy; Multicultural Metaphors; Racism: The Birth Of A Concept
    Description / Table of Contents: Education As Subjectivity: Three Perspectives On The Construction Of Subjectivity And The Position Of KnowledgeSports Education Facing Globalizing Capitalism; Toward A Critique Of Paideia And Humanitas: (Mis)Education And The Global Ecological Crisis; Hope And Education In The Era Of Globalization; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9781402051197
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Inclusive Education: Cross Cultural Perspectives 4
    DDC: 371.9046
    Keywords: Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Integrative Erziehung ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Integrativer Unterricht
    Abstract: Represents a series of insights, ideas and questions concerning inclusive education and cross-cultural understandings. Drawing on historical and cultural material, policy developments, legislation and research findings, this book provides an exploration of key factors including Inclusive Education, human rights, diversity and educational needs
    Description / Table of Contents: Policy, Experience and Change: Cross-Cultural Reflections on Inclusive Education; CONTENTS; ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS; CONTRIBUTORS; FOREWORD; INTRODUCTION; 1. POLICY, EXPERIENCE AND CHANGE AND THE CHALLENGE OF INCLUSIVE EDUCATION: THE CASE OF ENGLAND; 2. INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN SPAIN: A VIEW FROM INSIDE; 3. THE INTEGRATION OF 'DISABLED' CHILDREN IN ORDINARY SCHOOLS IN FRANCE: A NEW CHALLENGE; 4. 'MADE IN ITALY': INTEGRAZIONE SCOLASTICA AND THE NEW VISION OF INCLUSIVE EDUCATION; 5. THE RHETORIC OF INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN LIBYA: ARE CHILDREN'S RIGHTS IN CRISIS?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6. THE LETHARGY OF A NATION: INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN INDIA AND DEVELOPING SYSTEMIC STRATEGIES FOR CHANGE7. INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO; 8. DISABILITY AND INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN ZIMBABWE; 9. TOWARDS INCLUSIVE EDUCATION IN CANADA; 10. EDUCATING THE OTHER: A JOURNEY IN CYPRUS TIME AND SPACE; 11. TO BE OR NOT TO BE INCLUDED - THAT IS THE QUESTION: DISABLED STUDENTS IN THIRD LEVEL EDUCATI; 12. IT'S A FIT-UP! INCLUSIVE EDUCATION, HIGHER EDUCATION, POLICY AND THE DISCORDANT VOICE; INDEX
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402047732
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Comparative Education ; Education ; Teachers Training of ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Lehrerbildung ; Lehrerfortbildung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book provides a wide-ranging review of the current state of teacher education, with contributions by an international group of teacher educators. It focuses on issues confronting teacher educators today and in the coming decade, including the impact of globalization on the profession of teaching, and the need for teacher education to adapt to changing accountability requirements, and establish a set of minimum standards that qualify a person to teach.
    Abstract: This book provides an international review of the current state of teacher education, with chapters from an international group of teacher educators. It focuses on major issues that are confronting teacher educators now and in the next decade. These include the impact of globalization on the profession of teaching, and how teacher education must deal with changing accountability requirements from governments and establish a set of minimum standards acceptable to enable a person to teach. The work also considers aspects of the three major phases of teacher education: the period prior to commencing in the profession, successful induction into the profession, and the ongoing professional development of teachers. Finally, it identifies ways in which new technologies can be used to improve the training and ongoing development of teachers. Cases from different countries are used to provide a rich base of data to help us understand how the profession is moving onwards.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781402047008
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 379.1535 22
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Sociology ; Dezentralisation ; Schule ; Schulverwaltung ; Bildungsreform ; Bildungssystem ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Schulpolitik ; Dezentralisation ; Globalisierung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Here is a review of worldwide economic, political, cultural and educational changes since the beginning of the 1980s, examining new trends in educational governance. It describes the processes of globalization and shows how national education systems have responded. The book explains how world education models have emerged in international agencies and traces the ways these models are borrowed, imitated, imposed and adapted as different countries reform primary and secondary education.
    Abstract: The book makes an overview of the world wide economic, political, cultural and educational changes since the beginning of the 1980's and presents the new type of educational governance. It describes the processes of globalization and how national education systems have responded to these processes. It argues that symbolic world models (for the way of organizing national societies and education) have emerged in international agencies and how these models are borrowed, imitated, imposed and so on, when different countries reform their primary and secondary education. This book extensively reviews outcomes of educational decentralization using research findings from Australia, China, Kyrgyz Republic, Czech Republic, Sweden, England, Mozambique, South Africa, Senegal, Nicaragua, the USA. It also presents grassroots cases from different countries against the background of the overall changes in governance philosophy and applications. It reviews literature and reports on decentralization in the wider context of educational restructuring and gives a detailed account for different types of decentralization and their short and medium term impact. Also, it presents case studies from countries in Africa, Europe and Latin America and describes what is taking place at the local levels. Focus is on the outcomes in terms of parent and teacher participation in school.
    Description / Table of Contents: CONTENTS; List of Tables and Figure; Appendixes; Introduction; Chapter 1 Globalization and the Governance of National Education Systems; Chapter 2 How Does Educational Decentralization Work and What Has it Achieved?; Chapter 3 The State Gives, the State Takes: Educational Restructuring in Norway; Chapter 4 Steps of Educational Decentralization in Greece: between Delegation and Deconcentration; Chapter 5 School Autonomy in Nicaragua: Two Case Studies; Chapter 6 Decentralization in Senegal - Ambiguous Agendas for Community Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7 Technocratic School Governance and South Africa's Quest for Democratic ParticipationChapter 8 Educational Decentralization in Mozambique: A Case Study in the Region of Nampula; Chapter 9 Decentralization and Community Participation: School Clusters in Cambodia; Chapter 10 People's Participation in School Governance? Realities of Educational Decentralization in Nepal; Chapter 11 Educational Governance: Comparison of Some Aspects; Author Index; Subject Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402053085
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Educational Research v.1
    DDC: 370.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education and state ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Forschung ; Pädagogik ; Praxis
    Abstract: Education and educational research are concerned with 'what works', to the exclusion of all other considerations. This book focuses on the problematical nature of the search for 'what works' in educational contexts, in practice as well as in theory
    Description / Table of Contents: The 'good practices' of Jozef Emiel Verheyenschoolman and Professor of Education at the Ghent University / Marc Depaepe, Frank Simon & Angelo Van Gorp -- Ovide Decroly, a hero of education / Angelo Van Gorp -- Why generalizability is not generalizable / Lynn Fendler -- The new languages and old institutions : problems of implementing new school governance / Daniel Tröhler -- Problematization or methodology / James D. Marshall -- The relevance of irrelevant research ; the irrelevance of relevant research / Paul Smeyers -- Expectations of what schientific research could (not) do / Kathleen Coessens and Jean Paul Van Bendegem -- Kuhnian science and education research : analytics of practice and training / Lynda Stone -- The international and the excellent in educational research / David Bridges -- Technical difficulties : the workings of practical judgement / Richard Smith -- The science of education -- disciplinary knowledge on non-knowledge/ignorance? / Edwin Keiner.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402051999
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 19
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education and state ; Stadt ; Bildungswesen
    Abstract: The universality of the problematics with urban education, together with the importance of understanding the context of improvement interventions, brings into sharp focus the importance of an undertaking like the International Handbook of Urban Education. An important focus of this book is the interrogation of both the social and political factors that lead to different problem posing and subsequent solutions within each region.
    Abstract: It is evident that urban education has become the central focus of educators at the present time. In the U.S., for example, almost one third of all school age children attend schools in large urban school districts. It is in these urban schools where the diversity of cultures and languages is highest and where student learning is most problematic. What has emerged from recent work to improve urban schools is the insight that there is no one-size-fits-all panacea. Rather, we have discovered that the local context shapes, in critically important ways, what will be effective at the school level. The universality of the problematics with urban education, together with the importance of understanding the local, or situated, context of improvement interventions, brings into sharp focus the importance and timeliness of an undertaking like the International Handbook of Urban Education. An important focus of the International Handbook of Urban Education will be the interrogation of both the social and political factors that lead to different problem posing and subsequent solutions within each region. An important question to be answered, for example, is what it takes in terms of resources, political will and policy actions to improve urban education.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1, section 1. Africa ; section 2. Asia Pacific ; section 3. Western Europe -- pt. 2, section 4. Latin America ; section 5. North America ; section 6. United Kingdom.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | [Berlin : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402053122
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 16
    DDC: 378.12
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Promotion ; USA ; Promotionsstudium ; Curriculum ; USA ; Promotion
    Abstract: Generic advice in earning a PhD usually falls short of relevance, because of differences in the degree path from one discipline to another. Yet doctoral candidates and their supervisors know this process is governed by protocols and parameters - often implicit - that must be understood and mastered. This book explores these protocols, drawing upon a large-scale study of Australian universities, and also compares doctoral programs in different national systems.
    Abstract: Provides an analysis of the experience of learning to make knowledge at the level of the research doctorate. This book draws principally upon an empirical investigation at a number of Australian universities. It also provides a comparative account of doctoral study in different national systems
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Doctoral Study and Disciplinary Learning; Socialisation; Induction Processes; Exploring the Research Environment; Coping in the Arena; Linguistic Acceptability; Achieving Socialisation; Improving the Doctoral Experience
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 153-159) and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | [Berlin : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402057045
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: UNESCO-UNEVOC Book Series Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 7
    DDC: 371.11
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Berufsbildung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book provides insight into the history and current status of teaching in technical and vocational education across a broad range of countries. It contains studies of the profiles of teachers and lecturers and their educational practices in: Germany, Brazil, Denmark, China, France, Japan, Norway, Turkey, the UK and the USA. All chapters follow a common structure making it easy for the reader to focus on specific aspects. An overarching introduction embeds the content of the book into the current global context of Technical and Vocational Education and Training.
    Abstract: This book provides insight into the history and current status of teaching in technical and vocational education across a broad range of countries. It contains studies of the profiles of teachers and lecturers and their educational practices in: Germany, Brazil, Denmark, China, France, Japan, Norway, Turkey, the UK and the USA. All chapters follow a common structure making it easy for the reader to focus on specific aspects. An overarching introduction embeds the content of the book into the current global context of Technical and Vocational Education and Training
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; TVET Teachers: an Endangered Species or Professional Innovation Agents?; TVET Teachers in Brazil; China's TVET Teachers and Their Professionalization; The Professional Situation and Training of Vocational Teachers in Denmark; Teachers of Technical and Vocational Education in France; TVET Teachers and Instructors in Germany; The Development and Present Situation of Vocational and Technical Teachers' Professions in Japan; Technical and Vocational Education and its Teacher Training in Norway; Vocational Teachers in Russia; TVET Teachers and Lecturers in Turkey
    Description / Table of Contents: Perspectives on Teachers of Vocational and Technical Education in the UKCareer and Technical Teaching and Teacher Education in the United States of America; Back Matter
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | [Berlin : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402059223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Science & Technology Education Library 32
    DDC: 507.1
    Keywords: Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Erlebnisbericht ; Philadelphia, Pa. ; High school ; Mathematik ; Physik ; Lehrer ; Berufslaufbahn ; Arbeitsfeld ; Philadelphia, Pa. ; High school ; Interkulturelle Erziehung
    Abstract: This book explores what happens as beginning urban teachers transition through their first few years in the classroom. It captures one teacher's journey through the first three years of teaching science and mathematics in a large urban district in the US. Combining narrative with critical analysis, the authors focus on Ian's agency as a beginning teacher and explore his success in working with diverse students.
    Abstract: What happens as beginning urban teachers transition through their first few years in the classroom? This book captures one teacher's journey through the first three years of teaching science and mathematics in a large urban district in the US. The authors focus on Ian's agency as a beginning teacher and explore his success in working with diverse students. Using critical ethnography combined with first-person narrative, they investigate Ian's teaching practices in four contexts: his student teaching experience, his work with students on a summer curriculum development project, his first year of teaching in a small, urban high school, and his second year of teaching in a large, comprehensive high school. In each field, the authors describe the structural changes Ian encounters and the ways in which he re-utilizes the practices he used successfully in previous fields. Specific practices that helped foster community and led to the increased agency of his students as learners are highlighted.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781402057366
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: CERC Studies in Comparative Education 18
    DDC: 375.006
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Comparative education ; Curriculum planning ; Education and state ; Sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Grundschule ; Lehrplanentwicklung ; Sekundarstufe ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: In this special edited volume, scholars with diverse backgrounds and conceptual frameworks explore how economic, political, social and ideological forces impact on school curricula over time and place. In providing regional and global perspectives on curricular policies, practices and reforms, the authors move beyond the conventional notion that school contents reflect principally national priorities and subject-based interests.
    Abstract: School curricula are established not only to prepare young people for a real world, but also to beckon an imagined one anchored in individual rights and collective progress. Both worlds the real and the imagined increasingly reflect influential trans-national forces. In this special edited volume, scholars with diverse backgrounds and conceptual frameworks explore how economic, political, social and ideological forces impact on school curricula over time and place. In providing regional and global perspectives on curricular policies, practices and reforms, the authors move beyond the conventional notion that school contents reflect principally national priorities and subject-based interests. Some authors emphasize a convergence to standardized global curricular structures and discourses. Others suggest that changes regarding the intended contents of primary and secondary school curricula reveal regional or trans-cultural influences. Overall, these comparative and historical studies demonstrate that the dynamics of curriculum-making and curricular reform are increasingly forged within wider regional, cross-regional and global contexts.
    Description / Table of Contents: CONTENTS; List of Tables and Figures; Acronyms; Series Editor's Foreword; Dedication to Cecilia Braslavsky Juan Carlos TEDESCO; Acknowledgements; Introduction; THE CHANGING IDEOLOGICAL BASES OF THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM; 1 Educational Ideology and the School Curriculum; 2 The Worldwide Rise of Human Rights Education; CURRICULAR CONTENTS AND PRACTICES IN PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION; 3 The Spread of English Language Instruction in the Primary School; 4 Educating Future Citizens in Europe and Asia; 5 Historical Competence as a Key to Promote Democracy
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 The Marginalization of Aesthetic Education in the School Curriculum7 Transmission of Values in Muslim Countries: Religious Education; 8 World Models of Secondary Education, 1960--2000; 9 Micro-politics and the Examination of Curricular Practices:; THE DYNAMICS OF CURRICULUM-MAKING AND CURRICULAR REFORM; 10 The Current Discourse on Curriculum Change: A Comparative Analysis of National Reports on Education; 11 The Dynamics of Curriculum Design and Development: Scenarios for Curriculum Evolution; 12 Socio-historical Processes of Curriculum Change
    Description / Table of Contents: 13 New Proposals for Upper Secondary Curricula inSCHOOL CURRICULA IN PERSPECTIVE: REFLECTIONS ON THE PAST, AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE FUTURE; 14 Cecilia Braslavsky and the Curriculum: Reflections on a Lifelong Journey in Search of Quality Education for All; 15 World Models, National Curricula, and the Centrality of the Individual; Contributors; Bibliography; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402050329
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DDC: 507.12
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Teachers Training of
    Abstract: In August 2005, over 500 international researchers from the field of science education met at the 5th European Science Education Research Association conference in Barcelona, Spain. Two of the main topics at this conference were: the decrease in the number of students interested in school science and concern about the worldwide outcomes of studies on students??? scientific literacy. At the conference, over 400 papers were presented, covering a wide range of topics relevant to science education research, such as evidence-based practice, teachers??? professional development, the role of ICT and
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Matter; Interest in Science: Lessons and non-lessons from TIMSS and PISA; Research-based Innovative Units for Enhancing Student Cognitive Outcomes and Interest in Science; Girls and Physics: Dilemmas and Tensions; Contested Territory: The Actual and Potential Impact of Research on Teaching and Learning Science on Students' Learning; Studying Science Teaching Practices in Relation to Learning: Time Scales of Teaching Phenomena; The Potential of Video Studies in Research on Teaching and Learning Science; Pedagogical Content Knowledge: What Does it Mean to Science Teachers?
    Description / Table of Contents: Science Teachers' PCK and Teaching Practice: Learning to Scaffold Students' Open-inquiry LearningPhysics in Context - A program for Improving Physics Instruction in Germany; The Relationship of Capability Beliefs and Teaching Environments of New Danish Elementary Teachers of Science to Teaching Success; A Beginners' Module of Integrated Natural Science for Secondary Teacher Students: The result of an Educational Reconstruction Process over Three Iterations; Learning Process Studies; Meaning Construction and Contextualization While Solving a Dynamics Task in the Laboratory
    Description / Table of Contents: Development of a Model of Formative AssessmentMemorisation of Information from Scientific Movies; Micro-organisms: Everyday Knowledge Predates and Contrasts with School Knowledge; Using the Processes of Electrical Charge of Bodies as a Tool in the Assessment of University Students' Learning in Electricity; Representation and Learning about Evaporation; Learning from the History and Philosophy of Science: Deficiencies in Teaching the Macroscopic Concepts of Substance and Chemical Change; Non-Formal Science Teaching and Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Adults' Understanding of Analogy-based Exhibits in an Interactive Science MuseumThe Puppets Project: Using Puppets to Promote Engagement and Talk in Science; Inquiring the Inquiry Laboratory in High School; Developing Students' Views on the Nature of Science through Non-traditional Writing-to-Learn Experiences in the Science Classroom; Towards a Validated Conception of Scientific Models; The Development of Elementary Students' Understanding of Complex Ecosystems Through a Model-Based Approach
    Description / Table of Contents: Effects of Model-Based Teaching on the Durability of Pre-Service Physics Teachers' Conceptions of Lunar EventsLearning and Teaching about Ecosystems Based on Systems Thinking and Modelling in an Authentic Practice; Argumentation and the Learning of Science; Students' Argumentation in Group Discussions on a Socio-Scientific Issue; Exemplary Teaching of Argumentation: A Case Study of Two Science Teachers; What Can We Learn from a Study of Argumentation in the Students Answers and Group Discussion to Open Physics Problems?
    Description / Table of Contents: Evaluating Students' Multimedia Science Design Projects in the Elementary Classroom
    Note: Edited papers from the 5th European Science Education Research Association conference held August 2005 in Barcelona, Spain , Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | [Berlin : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402055164
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Studies In Educational Leadership 5
    DDC: 371.2012
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education and state ; Education, Higher ; Schulleitung ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book contributes significantly to our understanding of successful school leaders by describing similarities and differences in the work of such leaders in countries ranging from England to Australia, the United States to Norway, and Sweden to Hong Kong. Bringing together case study research, the book helps explain what all successful principals do and the ways in which context shapes some of their work.
    Abstract: The leadership of school principals is an enormously powerful influence on the quality of schools and the learning of pupils. While the work of principals has been examined intensively over the past 20 years, almost no effort has been made to understand the role from an international or cross-cultural perspective. This book contributes significantly to our understanding of successful school leaders by describing similarities and differences in the work of such leaders in countries ranging from England to Australia, the United States to Norway, Sweden to Hong Kong. Bringing together case study research, the book helps explain what all successful principals do and the ways in which context shapes some of their work.
    Description / Table of Contents: 978-1-4020-5516-4_BookFrontmatter_OnlinePDF.pdf; 978-1-4020-5516-4_1_OnlinePDF.pdf; Starting with What we Know; 978-1-4020-5516-4_2_OnlinePDF.pdf; Successful School Principalship in Tasmania; 978-1-4020-5516-4_3_OnlinePDF.pdf; Models of Successful Principal Leadership: Victorian Case Studies; 978-1-4020-5516-4_4_OnlinePDF.pdf; Sustaining Success in Challenging Contexts: Leadership in English Schools; 978-1-4020-5516-4_5_OnlinePDF.pdf; Successful Leadership Based on Democratic Values; 978-1-4020-5516-4_6_OnlinePDF.pdf; Successful PrincipalshipThe Swedish Case
    Description / Table of Contents: 978-1-4020-5516-4_7_OnlinePDF.pdfCommunicative Strategies Among Successful Danish School Principals; 978-1-4020-5516-4_8_OnlinePDF.pdf; Successful Leadership: Does Context Matter and If So, How?; 978-1-4020-5516-4_9_OnlinePDF.pdf; Successful Principalship in Shanghai: A Case Study; 978-1-4020-5516-4_10_OnlinePDF.pdf; Against the Odds: Successful Principals in Challenging U.S. Schools; 978-1-4020-5516-4_11_OnlinePDF.pdf; Building and Sustaining Successful Principalship: Key Themes; 978-1-4020-5516-4_12_OnlinePDF.pdf; What We Learned: A Broad View
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...